Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Motor Protection Circuit Breakers, and Motor Circuit Protectors. Technical Data

Transcription

1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Motor Protection Circuit Breakers, and Motor Circuit Protectors Technical Data

2

3 Table of Contents Introduction...4 UL Molded Case Circuit Breakers IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers...97 Motor Circuit Protectors Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Time-Current Curves (Trip Curves)...201

4 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers Introduction to Molded Case Circuit Breakers What Is a Circuit Breaker? What is a circuit breaker? This is the irst question to answer in understanding Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The deinition of a circuit breaker varies between the standards organizations, but the most commonly used deinitions are: The National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) deines circuit breakers as devices designed to open and close a circuit by non-automatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard deines a circuit breaker as a mechanical switching device, capable of making, carrying and breaking currents under normal circuit conditions and also making, carrying for a speciied time and breaking currents under speciied abnormal circuit conditions such as those of short-circuit. There are also similar deinitions, that further identify circuit breakers by type of construction and functionality. Within the IEC speciication for circuit breakers, there are several distinctions of types of circuit breakers by classiication: Utilization Category Interrupting medium Air break Vacuum break Gas break Design Open case Moulded (molded) case Method of controlling the operating mechanism Dependent manual operation Independent manual operation Dependent power operation Independent power operation Stored energy operation Type of overcurrent release Instantaneous Deinite time delay Inverse time delay In reviewing the attributes just listed, it is understandable that many people are confused about what type of circuit breaker to use, where to use it, and how to select it properly. In this section, the focus will be placed on the deinition, application and selection of Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) with an inverse time delay as applied to industrial control panels. This publication will focus on the application and selection of MCCBs, Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) and Motor Circuit protectors (MCPs). The primary focus will be on products that are packaged in a molded case design, but much of the information can be applied to other circuit breakers that are commonly found in control panels. 4

5 Deinitions Each of the product categories we mentioned earlier are packaged in a molded case and confusion develops because of the physical similarity of the products. The Molded Case Circuit Breaker is a speciic type of circuit breaker. NEMA deines circuit breakers as devices designed to open or close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent without damage to itself when properly applied within its rating. The term molded case simply refers to the construction of the circuit breaker and refers to the fact that the circuit breaker is an assembled unit in a supporting housing of an insulating material. Within the realm of MCCBs, three distinct product variations exist, each with speciic protection properties and uses within the industrial control panel. The main categories are: Molded Case Circuit Breakers or Feeder Breakers MCCBs are intended to provide overcurrent protection for conductors and equipment by opening automatically before the current reaches a value and duration that will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in conductors or conductor insulation. Additionally, these devices can serve as the main disconnecting means for a control panel. This protection pertains to low level overcurrent, and short circuit current. Traditionally these types of circuit breakers are generically described as thermal magnetic devices, though an increasing number of these devices are also electronic circuit breakers which provide the same type of protection, with the exception that the electronics allow the protection curves to be customized to the speciic application. In North America, the National Electric Code (NEC) deines how this protection is selected in Sections 240-2, and For IEC applications, IEC provides guidance for the construction of industrial control panels. Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) Application-speciic variations of the MCCB, these breakers combine the short circuit and isolation functionality of the MCCB with the motor overcurrent protection of a traditional overload relay. These devices are traditionally used in twocomponent starter applications, with a contactor to control a motor load. Alternatively they can even be used individually as a manual starter, although this application is not normally suggested for Molded Case versions of the MPCB due to their limited mechanical life. MPCBs are UL 489 Listed as circuit breakers and are also UL 508 Listed as motor overload relays. Allen-Bradley MPCBs are UL Listed as 100% breakers, allowing utilization of the full range of motor protection provided. Note: most circuit breakers applied in North America are 80% rated, meaning they can only be used at 80% of their thermal rating. Allen-Bradley MPCBs are 100% rated, allowing full use of the circuit breakers thermal capacity in motor protection applications. Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs) Another application-speciic version of the of the MCCB, the MCP is a magnetic trip only version of the MCCB. These circuit breakers provide no overload protection and, as a result, need to be applied with a controller in order to provide short-circuit and overcurrent protection. In North America, the MCP is UL Listed with a controller and together they form a combination rating or starter. The advantage of this combination is the choice in overload protection that can be applied to the starter. Listed combinations can include thermal as well as electronic overload relays, providing users with protection that is customized for their application. The MCP can also be provided in several variations, including high magnetic trip versions that allow them to be used with high-eiciency motors, reducing the chance of nuisance tripping due to the characteristic high inrush currents associated with these motors. Where are each of these breakers used? The diagram below represents a typical multi-starter control panel. Note that the main disconnecting means is an MCCB, which is acting as both the main disconnect and feeder protection. There are several branches within this control panel. Both MCPs and MPCBs are being used to provide the branch short circuit protection in the case of the MCP, and branch short circuit protection as well as overload protection in the case of the MPCB. delete? MPCB Branch-circuit conductors Multi-Starter Control Panel MCCB MPCB MPCB MCP MCP MCP 5

6 Breaker Theory and Construction When used in an industrial control panel application, the MCCBs purpose is to proide overcurrent protection. This deinition can be divided into short circuit protection and thermal overcurrent protection. A short circuit can range from hundreds of amps to over 100,000 amps, depending upon the power source and where the short circuit would occur in the circuit. Typical Arc Chamber showing arc interruption The picture above shows the arc chamber within an MCCB. This arc chamber will be similar in all forms of the circuit breakers and performs several import functions in providing short circuit protection. This chamber surrounds the switching contacts within the circuit breaker and during a short circuit, the contacts open. The opening of these contacts generates an arc. The arc chamber and its components, the arc chutes and splitter plates, draw the arc away from the contacts, dividing and cooling the arc. Ultimately, this leads to the extinguishing of the arc and the circuit opening and current low stopping. One of the remarkable elements is that this entire operation occurs in milliseconds, with short circuit currents that can be 100,000 A or greater, depending upon the available current in circuit. The reverse loop design is becoming increasing popular in modern circuit breakers as its design uses the magnetic forces created by current lowing in opposite direction to assist in the Reverse loop contact opening of the contacts under short circuit conditions. Additionally, the amount of repulsive force generated is proportional to the value of the short circuit current being experienced by the circuit breaker. This provides for faster interruption time as the short circuit currents increase. Using these magnetic trip units, we are able to provide short circuit protection that can be represented in a curve as shown at right. This document is not designed to be a reference to circuit breaker design. Example of magnetic time vs. current curve However, the construction of the arc chamber is being discussed as it is important to understand that MCCBs with a 25 ka interrupting rating will require fewer arc splitters and smaller arc chutes to interrupt a short circuit than will a comparable device rated for 100 ka of interruption. Therefore when selecting an MCCB for a speciic application it is very important to take into consideration the amount of short-circuit current available and then select the circuit breaker with an interrupting rating suicient to meet the requirements of the application. The MCCB also provides thermal protection for the control panel and, as we will see later, the branch circuit. This thermal protection can be provided either through the use of bimetallic heater elements similar to those found in overload relays or through the use of electronics, which simulate the operation of heater element and can provide adjustable overcurrent protection for the application. Standard linear design Reverse loop design Standard linear design compared to reverse loop design Depending upon the design of the circuit breaker and intended short circuit interruption capability, diferences in the construction of the contact assemblies exist. The most commonly-used contact assemblies are shown here. 6

7 The most commonly selected form of thermal protection is the bimetallic version. This works similarly to a traditional overload relay, where a bimetal is heated and causes a delection of the bimetal element, which then exerts pressure on a trip bar and causes the circuit breaker to trip. Typical bimetallic trip element shown with braided cable connected to the MCCB power contact. Time in Seconds Each part of the characteristic curve can be independently adjusted. Using the bimetal, we can provide a thermal protection curve as shown at left. Current in Multiple of I n Combining the short circuit and overcurrent protection then provides us with a protection curve that looks like this. Trip Curve for a Thermal Magnetic MCCB An alternative to using ixed-thermal protection is to use electronic overcurrent protection, which can electronically replicate the function of the mechanical overcurrent device. One of the beneits of using electronic trip units is the electronics ability to tailor the tripping characteristics of the circuit breaker for the application. The electronic trip unit has the ability to provide advanced protection in the form of additional trip functionality such as adjustable: Long Time Allows the long time between 1.05 and ~1.3 x the thermal rating to be delayed, similar to how an adjustable relay changes classes Short Time Adjustable short time between thermal and short-circuit Instantaneous Trip Adjustable instantaneous short-circuit trip time Ground Fault Adjustable time and value of ground fault tripping Example of curve shaping with an electronic trip unit In the application section of this introduction we will examine trip curves in greater detail. For now, we are presenting the electronic trip units for the purpose of understanding the scope of a Molded Case Circuit Breaker ofering. Electronic trip units are available in a variety of trip settings. The most common combinations are LS, LSI, LSG, and LSIG trip settings; therefore a wide variety of options exist for customizing the protection the circuit breaker provide within the control panel. Rockwell Automation ofers a full range of Allen-Bradley Molded Case Circuit Breakers for use in industrial control panel applications. In an efort to simplify the application of MCCBs and their complimentary products, this application guide will help you properly select and apply circuit breakers used in an industrial control panel. 7

8 140U Molded Case Circuit Breaker Thermal Protection As previously described, MCCBs provide thermal overcurrent protection in addition to short-circuit protection. MCCBs provide this protection by using mechanical means with heater elements, or by using electronics to detect current low and model the associated heat generated by the current. In North America, common standards and application policies tend to limit the use of adjustable thermal overloads in MCCBs. Therefore, Thermal-Magnetic MCCBs in North America typically use a ixed-value heater element, so within a given MCCB there will be many individual breaker ratings. Conversely, when electronic MCCBs are applied, the ability to adjust the thermal trip rating to shape the trip curve is available and the result is that there are fewer trip units required to cover a wider range of current. Note: while a trip unit may have the capability of protecting the current range, in many cases a rating plug is used to limit the range of adjustability. The table at right illustrates the available thermal magnetic and electronic trip units and adjustment ranges available with the 140U family of MCCBs. Amperes 2,500 2,400 2,300 2,200 2,100 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,700 1,600 1,500 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1, G H J K L M J K L M N R THERMAL MAGNETIC Frame size ELECTRONIC Denotes Fixed Thermal Rating 8 Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip Units and Adjustment Ranges

9 Applying Molded Case Circuit Breakers The MCCB is most commonly used as either a feeder breaker or a single circuit breaker where disconnecting, short-circuit, and thermal protection functionality is required. When selecting an MCCB, the following items need to be taken in to consideration: Application voltage Available short circuit current Amperage of the load or wiring to be protected Additionally, local code requirements will also need to be taken into consideration and may ultimately afect the type and functionality of the MCCB selected. Motor Protection Circuit Breakers must be sized at 100% of the motor full-load current (FLA) Motor current setting is adjustable (thermal rating) IEC & UL/CSA calibration requirements require overload to trip at 120 & 125% FLA Motor is able to run into the Service Factor when set at 100% of the motor current Magnetic Trip Current setting is ixed (magnetic rating) Fixed at 1300% (13x) highest motor current setting on circuit breaker Higher ixed Magnetic Trip Current settings are available if circuit breaker trips on start (140M-C2T-***) Example of an MPCB using 140M-C2E-C10: Motor Current is adjustable from A Set at 100% FLA for proper motor protection Magnetic Trip Current is ixed at 130 A This is where circuit breaker begins to trip in a short-circuit condition Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) are relatively new to the North American market Previously listed as Manual Motor Controllers and used only in group installations NEC/CEC do not speciically recognize this classiication of circuit breaker and, therefore, do not describe how to size them (e.g. 100% FLA sizing) Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs) Motor current setting (thermal) is not speciied by NEC/CEC MCP breakers are magnetic only Thermal capability should be greater than or equal to motor FLA and less than or equal to overload relay setting Motor Overload protection must be provided separately MCPs are UL Recognized Must be tested and listed with speciic contactors and overloads UL Listing is obtained as part of UL 508 Type D combination starters Magnetic Trip Current is adjustable Adjustability is required by UL489 standard Must be sized per NEC/CEC rules 800% motor FLA for standard eiciency motors 1300% motor FLA allowed if motor will not start 1100% motor FLA for high eiciency motors 1700% motor FLA allowed if motor will not start MCPs are the most popular choice for motor circuits in the North American market Used in combination starters and MCC buckets for many years Provide choice in overload protection MCCB Magnetic and Thermal Trip Currents are ixed Must be sized per NEC/CEC rules May be used for motor circuits, but 140M (MCP) is irst choice Motor Current (thermal rating) 250% motor FLA 300% for motors 100 A if the circuit trips on start 400% for motors 100 A if the circuit breaker trips on start Magnetic Trip Current is generally ixed at 1000% (10x) of circuit breaker thermal ratings May be UL Listed as part of UL 508 Type C combination starters, but not required May also be used for motor control-circuit transformers, but Bulletin 1492 supplementary protectors are irst choice 9

10 Instantaneous Maintenance Mode (IMM) The IMM or Instantaneous Maintenance Mode is available on several Allen-Bradley MCCBs. The IMM trip unit or MCCB with IMM provides users with a second instantaneous trip mode that can be remotely applied. When the IMM is in use, the MCCB instantaneous trip mode is switched to a userpredetermined setting between 2.5 and 4.0 times the rating of the MCCB. The IMM functionality is particularly advantageous in feeder breaker applications and can be used to assist in the reduction of arc fault damage, when compared to standard MCCBs and fuses when an arcing fault of a value of less than the standard instantaneous trip of the MCCB is present. The IMM can be remotely energized and provides a contact to provide conirmation that the MCCB is in the maintenance mode. One of the main advantages of the IMM mode is to aid in the reduction of arc fault damage, and as such, when IMM is enabled, Rockwell Automation MCCBs will open in 30 ms or less upon faults between 2.5 and 4x the rating of the MCCB. Traditional MCCBs and fuses may take seconds or more under similar conditions to open. The result is reduced arc energy under these circumstances. Arc lash and arc lash damage are serious situations that cannot be covered in full detail in a general publication such as this. However, Rockwell Automation has a full toolbox of products and services to assist our customers in identifying and reducing arc fault hazards. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales oice or Allen-Bradley distributor for more information and assistance on this important topic. Product Line Overview Rockwell Automation ofers a complete line of Allen-Bradley Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Motor Circuit Protectors, and Motor Protection Circuit Breakers. In the MCCB family there are 11 frame sizes of MCCBs, from 25 A through 2500 A, with dual-rated IEC and UL489 breakers in 1-, 2- and 3-pole conigurations. IEC-only MCCBs are in ive frames from 160 A through 1250 A in 3- and 4-pole conigurations. Both ranges feature full sets of accessories as well as common accessories, which allows reduced inventory and maximum lexibility. In the MCP family of products, there are six frames, ranging from 125 A through 1200 A. The MCPs, like the MCCBs, share the same accessories and provide the same lexibility. In the MPCB range of products there are three frames ranging from 205 A through 600 A, which share the same accessories as MCPs and MCCBs. MCCB Portfolio Overview Frame Reference G H I J K L M N R Molded Case Circuit Breakers Bulletin 140U globally-approved MCCBs UL 489, CSA 22.2, IEC , CE, KEMA Feeder circuits & disconnects 3-pole A A A A A A A A Molded Case Circuit Breakers Bulletin 140UE IEC-only MCCBs IEC , CE, KEMA Feeder circuits & disconnects 3- & 4-pole Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Bulletin 140M globally-approved MPCBs UL 489, CSA 22.2, IEC , CE, KEMA Branch protection, 2-component starters 3-pole Motor Circuit Protectors Bulletin 140M globally-approved MCPs UL 489, CSA 22.2, IEC , CE, KEMA Branch protection, 3-component starters 3-pole A A A A A A A A A A A A A 10

11 Auxiliary Contacts Axiliary contacts perform the function of electrically signaling the circuit breaker s operating status. The auxiliary contacts change state when the circuit breaker is opened, closed, or tripped. RED BLK BLU a b Auxiliary Switch Typical Alarm Contact Breaker status N.O. alarm contact status (a) N.C. alarm contact status (b) On Open Closed Of Closed Open Tripped Closed Open Breaker handle position Continuity between red & black leads Continuity between blue & black leads On / Closed / I Yes No Of / Open / O No Yes Tripped No Yes 11

12 Alarm Contacts The alarm contacts are a special form of auxiliary contacts that only change state in the event that the circuit breaker is opened by means of an overload or short circuit. These difer from standard auxiliary contacts that change state when the circuit breaker is opened or closed. BLU BLK RED M B Alarm Switch Typical Alarm Contact Breaker status N.O. alarm contact status (M) N.C. alarm contact status (B) On Open Closed Of Open Closed Tripped Closed Open Breaker handle position Continuity between red & black leads Continuity between blue & black leads ON/CLOSED/I Yes No OFF/OPEN/O Yes No Tripped No Yes Auxiliary Alarm Contacts Auxiliary alarm contacts perform the function of electrically signaling the circuit breaker s operating status. The auxiliary contacts change state when the circuit breaker is opened, closed, or tripped. RED BLK BLU BLU BLK RED a b M B Auxiliary Switch Alarm Switch Breaker status Auxiliary switch Alarm switch Continuity between red & black leads Continuity between red & black leads Continuity between red & black leads Continuity between red & black leads On / Closed Yes No Yes No Of / Open No Yes Yes No Tripped No Yes No Yes 12

13 DIN Rail Adapters In many applications, the ease with which an MCCB can be installed can be via the use of a DIN Rail adapter. Rockwell Automation provides DIN Rail adapters as accessories for use with its 140U G-Frame and 140U H Frame breakers. DIN Rail adapters are normally limited in their application by the weight of the circuit breaker and are not commonly used for 100A circuit breakers rated above 100 A. Cat. No. 140U-G-DRA2 Cat. No. 140U-G-DRA3 Flex Cable Operators Flexible Cable Operators are useful accessories when installing a circuit breaker in a langed enclosure and the MCCB needs to be controlled externally. Traditionally in North America, lange operators that consist of operating rods or special mounting plates for the breakers have been used. In each case, the circuit breaker must be mounted directly or nearly directly behind the external handle, which is located on the lange. This type of installation is reliable; however, the positioning of the circuit breaker is less than ideal in terms of working room, especially in small enclosures. The Flexible Cable Operator uses the same lange-mounted operating handle to control the MCCB; however, rather than operating rods, the breaker is operated by a lexible cable, which provides lexibility in the circuit breaker placement. In many industrial control panels, incoming power to the panel may actually be on the hinged side of the panel and when using traditional lange-mounted operators, the main feeder wires would need to be routed across the panel to the line side of the MCCB. Using a lexible cable-operated MCCB allows the MCCB to be installed closer to the incoming feeder wires and can signiicantly improve the installation of the control panel. Another application where Flexible Cable Operators are used is in conjunction with busbar mounting systems installed within an industrial control panel. When an MCCB is being used on the busbar system as the main disconnect or feeder protector, the location of the feeder breaker isn t restricted to the area behind the lange. Cat. No. 140U-H-F... Rod-Operated Flange-Mount Circuit Breaker 13

14 End Cap Kits A useful accessory for many customers who prefer to use a ring lug or forked terminal is the End Cap Kit. The kit consists of a captive nut and bolt or termination screw, which allows for the termination of wires without the need to use terminal lugs. Cat. No. 140U-H-ECM1 Cat. No. 140U-H-ECM2 Insulating Terminal Shields The terminal shield prevents accidental contact with live parts. Cat. No. 140U-H-TS Motor Operators The operating mechanism enables remote opening and closing of the circuit breaker and is particularly suitable for use in power supply network supervisory control systems. It comes complete with a padlock device. The motor operating mechanism is itted on the front of the circuit breaker as an alternative to the front lange or rotary operating mechanism. Motor-operated circuit breakers are normally used in applications where switching is done infrequently and are not generally used to replace contactors. Cat. No. 140U-H-EOP... 14

15 Shunt Release Shunt releases allow the circuit-breaker to be opened using an electric command (opening release). The Shunt Release is housed and itted in a slot within the left hand part of the circuit-breaker. Shunt releases are used in applications where a remote signal to open or isolate a circuit is required. Cat. No. 140U-H-SNJ Undervoltage Release Undervoltage releases allow the circuit-breaker to be opened using a change in the voltage of the power supply to the circuit-breaker terminals. The undervoltage release is itted in a slot in the left-hand part of the circuit-breaker. Undervoltage releases work when the application voltage is reduced below 75% of the rating of the release unit voltage rating. Use of undervoltage releases can protect a system against low voltage, particularly when running or starting motors, by removing power to the circuit by opening the circuit breaker in low-voltage situations. In some applications, the undervoltage release can be used to quickly remove power to a machine or machines by opening a push button contact, wired in series with the undervoltage releases. Cat. No. 140U-R-UV... Rotary Operators When MCCBs are installed as the main or feeder circuit breaker in an industrial control panel and a non-langed enclosure is used, a common means for operating the circuit breaker is through the use of a Rotary Operator Mechanism. The use of a Rotary Operator converts a rotary motion to a vertical motion that toggles the MCCB. In this situation, the rotary operator kit would consist of: External operating handle Operating shaft Circuit breaker mounted rotary operating mechanism Using these kits allows external operation of the circuit breaker with the capability of turning the circuit breaker on/of, and even resetting the circuit breaker without having to open the enclosure. Traditionally, these kits are sold with an operating shaft that allows the customer to use the kit with enclosures of various depths. The operating handles will also provide status indication when the circuit breakers trip. Cat. No. 140U-H-RVM12R 15

16 NFPA 79 Operators A NFPA 79-compliant Internal Rotary Operating Handle Kit for Bulletin 140U/UE Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs), Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), and Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) is available to address changes to the NFPA 79 standard. The NFPA 79 kits are available for H, J, K, L, and M-Frame Circuit Breaker product lines. Compliance with the revised NFPA 79 standard enables operators to maintain control of the main disconnecting means when the door is open; an issue for rotary-operated through-the-door disconnect switches and circuit breakers alike. The changes require rotary main disconnecting means to be operable without the use of accessory tools or devices (independent of door position) and restates the requirement for an interlocking provision to prevent the closing of the disconnecting means while the enclosure door is open, unless the interlock is operated by a deliberate action. Prior to this requirement, many rotary operated devices simply had a small shaft protruding from the panel when the door was open. If the panel was powered and it was necessary to turn power of, it would be diicult to de-energize the panel by the operating shaft alone. This standard was created to reduce the possibility of personnel not being able to turn an energized panel of with the door opened. The actual changes to NFPA 79 were implemented in Market reaction to the changes focused primarily on IEC Disconnect Switches, such as the Bulletin 194R. At that time, Rockwell Automation led the change and made several options available for the 194R line (194RF, RC, and RS), which allowed customers to select versions of the switch that were compliant with the NFPA 79 changes. Circuit breakers, for the most part, were already in compliance. Most circuit breakers were used with one of the tried and true Bulletin 1494V and 1494F variable- or ixed-depth lange-mounted operators or the 140U langemounted lex cable operator, which already incorporated the functionality that was speciied in NFPA 79. However, until this time, no circuit breaker using a through-the-door rotary handle would have been in compliance. Why is this relatively simple product important to you? The trend in the market is obviously moving towards building smaller and less-expensive control panels. To achieve this, many panel builders and OEMs have moved toward using IEC-style disconnects or circuit breakers with rotary operators because they are easier to install and the non-langed enclosure is signiicantly less expensive. With the introduction of this internal handle, customers can now comply with the NFPA 79 requirement and use the lessexpensive, non-langed enclosure with circuit breakers. Existing customers who want to upgrade From an installation perspective, the internal handle replaces the existing operating shaft. Externally, the same 140U handle is used. In the case of an existing installation, installing the kit can be as simple as removing the existing operating shaft, measuring it, and then cutting the new internal operating handle shaft to the same length. It is then installed in place of the existing operating shaft. Easy to use, no-tools-required internal handle operation When the door is open, the kit provides an internal handle with a positive grip, allowing users to operate the breaker. If the enclosure were opened using the defeater on the external handle with the circuit breaker on, the user could then turn the breaker of using the internal handle, rather than using a tool to rotate the operating shaft. Cat. No. 140U-H-RVM Compliance with Deliberate Action Required Finally, the handle complies with the NFPA 79 requirement to: Prevent closing of the disconnecting means while the enclosure door is open, unless an interlock is operated by deliberate action. The internal handle must be pulled out before it can be turned, otherwise the handle itself will just ratchet on the shaft. 16

17 Phase Barriers These allow the insulation characteristics between the phases at the connections to be increased. Phase Barriers provide additional electrical clearance between each phase when special connections extend past the circuit breaker housing. They are mounted from the front, even with the circuit breaker already installed. Cat. No. 140U-H-PB Multi-Tap Terminal Lugs Multi-Tap Terminal Lugs are designed to distribute the power from the load side of a circuit breaker to multiple circuits. The use of circuit breakerinstalled multi-tap lugs can provide for easier installation and reduced panel space as the need for a separate distribution block can be eliminated in many cases. Additionally, the multi-tap lugs may also be rated at the SCCR level of the circuit breaker, allowing a higher SCCR than might be provided by a separate distribution block. Cat. No. 140U-H-MTL... 17

18 Padlock for Operators Padlocking hasps are available for the range of MCCB line. This attachment allows the user the ability to padlock the MCCB in the of position. It prevents operation of the circuit breaker when the attachment and a padlock are in place. Padlocking attachment Using Trip Curves One of the most common questions encountered after How is an MCCB properly sized? is How do I interpret the trip curves provided? A logical starting point is to explain what the curve actually is. The curve is a representation of how the circuit breaker will react to overcurrents and short-circuit currents. It should be noted that the curve is determined by a speciic set of test conditions, and as such, the curve should be used as a guideline; real world deviations from the test criteria will alter the individual results as compared to the curve. 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Current in Multiple of I n ,000 Minimum Maximum Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves Allen-Bradley A Circuit Breakers Fixed - Adjustable Thermal / Fixed - Adjustable Magnetic Trip Rated Operating Voltage: 415 VAC Poles: 3 and 4 Rated Amperes: A Ambient Temperature: 40 C Instantaneous trip for two phases in series reflected. For individual phase instantaneous trip, trip values may be as much as 25% higher. 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE x 10x Maximum Interrupting Time Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve Current in Multiple of I n Time-Current Curves for 140U-H Thermal-Magnetic Molded-Case Circuit Breakers 18

19 Reverse-Fed Circuit Breakers Often, due to physical equipment arrangements in panelboards and switchboards, it is desirable to reverse feed a molded case circuit breaker. For this application, circuit breakers must be tested and listed accordingly. For safety reasons, thermal-magnetic circuit breakers having interchangeable trip units are not acceptable for this application, and are therefore marked Line and Load on the cover. Where circuit breakers are installed, the power source conductors must be connected to the Line end terminations. Please note: Bulletin 140U & 140UE circuit breakers can all be reverse fed. When reverse feeding these devices, the Line and Load side terminals need to be identiied properly. T1 T2 T3 Motor L1 L2 L3 Altitude Derating Low-voltage circuit breakers must be progressively derated for voltage, current carrying and interrupting rating at altitudes above 6,000 feet (1,829 m). The thinner air at higher altitudes reduces cooling and dielectric characteristics compared to the denser air found at lower altitudes. The table is provided based on general guidelines and ield experience. Refer to your local Rockwell Automation sales oice or Allen-Bradley distributor for additional application details. Bulletin 140U / UE altitude de-rating, above 6000 feet Voltage rating Continuous current rating Interrupting current rating De-rate 3% per 1000 feet (300 meters) with IC remaining as published De-rate in a manner equivalent to the ef ect of a 3 C increase in ambient for each 1000 feet increase in elevation to 20,000 feet, 2 C increase ambient for each 1000 feet increase above 20,000 feet No de-rating required if voltage rating is reduced (based on 3% voltage loss) 19

20 Where Do You Use One- and Two-Pole Breakers? The number of poles in the breaker is determined by the type of distribution system. A pole is required for each hot conductor, but usually not for the neutral conductor, except in certain special applications. In general, a 1-pole breaker may be used on grounded neutral systems for single-phase applications and a 3-pole breaker on 3-phase applications. There are instances, however, where 2-pole breakers are necessary on single-phase systems and 4-pole breakers on 3-phase systems to interrupt the neutral. Certain DC voltage applications also use special multi-pole conigurations. Cat. No. 140U-H1C1-C15 Cat. No. 140U-H6C2-C45 Short-Circuit Ratings The maximum amount of fault current supplied by a system can be calculated at any point in that system. One rule must be followed for applying the correct circuit breaker. The interrupting rating of the breaker must be equal to or greater than the amount of fault current that can be delivered at that point in the system where the breaker is applied. The interrupting rating of the breaker is the maximum amount of fault current it can safely interrupt without damaging itself. A breaker s interrupting rating always decreases as the voltage increases. Interrupting rating is one of the most critical factors in the breaker selection process. Nameplate interrupting ratings 20

21 Certiications To provide customers with third-party assurance that Rockwell Automation MCCBs meet industry standards, our circuit breakers comply with various global standards. The Bulletin 140U MCCB and 140M MCP and MPCBs comply with UL, CSA and IEC standards and as such, are UL Listed, CSA Listed, and KEMA Certiied. Our Bulletin 140UE line of IEC rated MCCBs also complies with IEC standards and is KEMA Certiied. Other certiications exist for the family of MCCBs, including CCC, SABs, and Lloyds. The certiication of these products is an ongoing process and additional ratings and certiications are continually being pursued. For information about compliance with a particular standard, contact your local Rockwell Automation sales oice or Allen-Bradley distributor. In each of the product sections, the latest certiications at the time of publication are listed for the speciic product type. 21

22 Selecting a Circuit Breaker The next step is selecting a breaker for use in an industrial control panel. In the following section we will focus on the MCCB for use as a feeder and as a branch circuit protective device. Selecting the MCCB for use as the main disconnect or feeder A typical industrial control panel is a feeder circuit as deined by the NEC, where a feeder is composed of the wires between the service entrance of the panel or line side of the MCCB and the line side of the branch protective devices. In many industrial control applications, motor control is involved. In that case, you must then follow Article 430 of the NEC, which states that breakers for feeders having mixed loads, e.g. heating (lighting and heat appliances) and motors should have ratings suitable for carrying the heating loads, plus the capacity required by the motor loads. For motor loads, Article 430 states that breakers for motor feeders shall have a rating not greater than the sum of the highest breaker rating of any of its branches and the full-load currents of all other motors served by the feeder. Feeder breaker thermal rating selection example This assumes that the circuit breaker selected has a voltage rating equal or greater than the application and that the interrupting rating is equal or greater to the available short circuit current. The panel contains a main feeder breaker supply with three motor branch circuits. In our application, the feeder is supplying a 3-motor system at a voltage of 480V. Motor 1 is 10 Hp. Current value from Table of the NEC is 14 A. Motor 2 is 5 Hp. Current value from Table of the NEC is 7.6 A. Motor 1 is 5 Hp. Current value from Table of the NEC is 7.6 A. Current calculation is: Motor 1 (14 A* 1.25) Motor 2 Motor 3 Total 17.5 A 7.6 A 7.6 A 32.7 A Since the total load comes to 32.7 A and there is not a commercially available breaker available for 32.7 A, the NEC allows the next largest standard-sized breaker to be used. Therefore, a 35 A MCCB could be selected to protect this control panel. Note: each motor branch would also need protection. Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers used as branch short-circuit devices It is also possible to use an MCCB as a branch protective device for a motor load, and while we will show the calculation for applying an MCCB in this manner, there are other circuit breakers, such as the MCP and MPCB, that are better suited for this application. After the calculation for sizing is completed, it should be apparent that even though this is technically correct, in some cases, the motor protection and wire protection can be less than ideal. Per NEC Article (B), the motor branch circuit shortcircuit and ground fault device shall be capable of carrying the starting current of the motor. Further, (C) indicates that the protective device that has a rating or setting not exceeding the value calculated according to the values given in Table shall be used. In the case of an inverse time MCCB, such as the 140U, the calculation for the maximum setting or rating of the protective device is 250% of the motor being protected. 22

23 Typical control panel with the feeder circuit highlighted Example An MCCB is being used to protect a branch motor circuit with a 10 Hp 460V motor. Using Table of the NEC, a value of FLC of 14 A is supplied for this motor. Calculating the maximum branch circuit protective device rating or setting is: 14 A * 250% = 35 A Therefore, the maximum size MCCB that could be used in this example is 35 A. This is the maximum rating and therefore smaller devices could be selected for this application. A point to consider is that generally MCCBs have a magnetic trip of approximately 10X the rating of the MCCB. When starting, motors usually exhibit an inrush characteristic of 6 to 10 times the full load rating of the motor, depending on the type of motor being used. In this case, the circuit breaker trip point is approximately 350 A and the motor starting current of locked rotor current is approximately 140 A if a 10x ratio of running to starting current is assumed. A smaller breaker could be selected without concern for nuisance tripping. In that case, there may be more concern about the thermal protection provided by the circuit breaker being based on a 35 A breaker with only a 14 A load. The motor and the wiring may not be adequately protected if larger wire isn t selected or if a motor overload relay is not used. 23

24 Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers UL deines a current-limiting circuit breakers as one that does not employ a fusible element and when operating within its current-limiting range, limits the let-through I 2 t to a value less than the I 2 t of a 1/2-cycle wave of the symmetrical prospective current. In more user-friendly terms, it means that a current-limiting circuit breaker operates faster and allows less energy to pass under short-circuit conditions than traditional UL 489 circuit breakers. In order to be sold and marketed as a current-limiting circuit breaker, the circuit breaker is tested by UL, who veriies it complies with the UL 489 current-limiting guidelines and performance levels. Not all versions of the 140U line will be listed as current limiting. The 140U versions of MCCBs meeting the UL requirements are the 65 and 100kA/480V versions of the H, J, and L frames. These increased and improved ratings all come in the same package as existing MCCBs; therefore the same accessories can be used and require no changes from existing customer applications. If a customer would like to increase their panel SCCR or use the let-through curves to determine the rating of the branch or panel, the new I 2 t and I p curves have been published and can be obtained through the Rockwell Automation Knowledge Base or Literature Library. Circuit breakers meeting the current limiting requirement will be identiied with current-limiting marking and a new nameplate design that represents the current limiting. Nameplate with Current Limiting symbol The current-limiting circuit breakers provide approximately 30% lower let-through values than do standard MCCBs of the same rating and will allow us to provide higher SCCR ratings with more products as well as allow the use of smaller components than are currently being speciied with SCCR ratings. Trip Curves To apply the current-limiting MCCBs in accordance with the guidelines of UL 508A annex S9, a full set of I p and I 2 t curves have been generated to support those new breakers. The table below provides the speci c curve numbers for I 2 t and Ip at various voltages of the 85 ka and 100 ka version of the MCCBs. 140U H-, I-, & L-Frame 240V 140U H-, I-, & L-Frame 490V 140U H-, I-, & L-Frame 600V Peak I 2 t Curves Peak Ip Curves 65 ka ka ka ka ka ka

25 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M UL/IEC Circuit Breakers Bulletin 140U UL 489/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers page 26 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers page 97 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs) page 145 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) page 177 Time-Current Curves page A, M-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 25

26 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Introduction to UL Molded Case Circuit Breakers page 27 G-Frame page 29 H-Frame page 29 J-Frame page 46 K-Frame page 55 L-Frame page 63 M-Frame page 73 N-Frame page 81 R-Frame page 89 Time-Current Curves page

27 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Frame Reference G-Frame H-Frame J-Frame K-Frame L-Frame M-Frame N-Frame R-Frame Max. Current I n 100 A 125 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 2500 A Current Range A A A A A A A A Thermal Magnetic Electronic: LS LSI LSG LSIG Interrupting Ratings [ka]: V (I cu ) V V V (I cu ) Molded Case Switches Flex Cable Operators Rotary Operators Internal Control Modules (Field installed) Standards Compliance UL 489 UL File E197878, Guide No. DIV Q CSA 22.2, No. 5 CSA File Nos , , Class No IEC CE KEMA CCC 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 27

28 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame MCCB Application and Sizing The Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit breakers (MCCBs) are traditionally used for protection of the feeder circuit in an industrial control application. In this role, the MCCB provides isolation shortcircuit protection for the panel and thermal protection for the feeder wires in the panel. For illustrative purposes, the feeder will be shown at the wiring from the load side of the main or feeder MCCB to the line connection of the branch Short circuit protective devices to which the feeder is supplying power. The following example is a generic interpretation of the US National Electric Code (NEC), and should be used only as a reference for applying the MCCB. Final authority regarding the sizing and components used is governed by local electrical standards. Consult these standards before installing or designing any electrical system using short-circuit protective devices (SCPDs). While this publication is not intended to be a comprehensive guidebook to designing industrial control panels, we will present several categories of typical applications where a feeder SCPD device will be applied: A panel where only motor loads are being fed by the breaker A panel where fixed loads are being fed by the breaker A panel where mixed loads are being protected by the feeder breaker In all cases, the examples given here are for reference and users should reference their local electrical code requirements, as they vary from location to location. The applier should verify that their selection and installation complies with local codes, regulations, and/or standards. A feeder is composed of the conductors of a wiring system between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the branch circuit overcurrent device. NEC Article 220 states: Where a feeder supplies continuous loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the noncontinuous load plus 125% of the continuous load. Exception: Where the assembly including the overcurrent devices protecting the feeder(s) are listed for operation at 100% of their rating, neither the ampere rating of the overcurrent device nor the ampacity of the feeder conductors shall be less than the sum of the continuous load plus the noncontinuous load. Only breakers listed for 100% application, and so labeled, can be applied under the exception (for example, type CKD). Breakers without 100% application listing and label are applied under (B) above, or at 80% of rating. NEC Article 430 states: Breakers for feeders having mixed loads; i.e., heating (lighting and heat appliances) and motors, should have ratings suitable for carrying the heating loads plus the capacity required by the motor loads Breakers for motor feeders shall have a rating not greater than the sum of the highest breaker rating of any of its branches and the full load currents of all other motors served by the feeder. Molded case circuit breakers are rated in rms amperes at a specific ambient temperature. This ampere rating is the continuous current they will carry in the ambient temperature for which they are calibrated. To minimize the need for derating, Allen-Bradley thermal-magnetic breakers are calibrated for an ambient temperature of 40 C (104 F), which is the average temperature within an enclosure. If the enclosure ambient temperature is known to exceed 40 C, the breaker used should either be specially calibrated for that temperature, or be derated accordingly. In accordance with the National Electrical Code, all circuit breakers are derated to 80% for continuous loads except for electronic trip unit circuit breakers that have been tested and marked for 100% application. Cable Selection UL Listed circuit breakers rated 125 A or less shall be marked as being suitable for 60 C (140 F), 75 C (167 F) only or 60/75 C (140/167 F) wire. All Allen-Bradley breakers rated 125 A or less are marked 60/75 C. All UL Listed circuit breakers rated over 125 A are suitable for 75 C conductors. Conductors rated for higher temperatures may be used, but must not be loaded to carry more current than the 75 C ampacity of that size conductor for equipment marked or rated 75 C, or the 60 C ampacity of that size conductor for equipment marked or rated 60 C. However, the full 90 C (194 ºF) ampacity may be used when applying derating factors, so long as the actual load does not exceed the lower of the derated ampacity or the 75 C or 60 C ampacity that applies. Unusual Operating Conditions Trip Unit Temperatures Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are temperature sensitive. At ambient temperatures below 40 C (104 ºF), circuit breakers carry more current than their continuous current rating. Nuisance tripping is not a problem under these lower temperature conditions, although consideration should be given to closer protection coordination to compensate for the additional current-carrying capability. In addition, the actual mechanical operation of the breaker could be affected if the ambient temperature is significantly below the 40 C standard. For ambient temperatures above 40 C, breakers will carry less current than their continuous current rating. This condition promotes nuisance tripping and can create unacceptable temperature conditions at the terminals. Under this condition, the circuit breaker should be recalibrated for the higher ambient temperature. Electronic trip units are insensitive to ambient temperatures within a certain temperature range. The temperature range for most electronic trip units is -20 C +55 C (-4 ºF 131 ºF). However, at very low ambient temperatures, the mechanical parts of the breaker could require special treatment, such as the use of special lubricants. If the ambient temperature exceeds 40 C significantly, damage to the electronic circuitry and other components could result. Allen-Bradley MCCBs are designed to include temperature protective circuits that initiate a tripping operation and provide self-protection, should the internal temperature rise to an unsafe level. Circuit Breaker Temperatures The temperature of the air surrounding a circuit breaker is the ambient temperature. For some years, all MCCBs were calibrated for 25 C (77 F). This ambient temperature was not representative of the conditions in which most MCCBs were applied, namely in an enclosure. In the mid-1960s, industry standards were changed to make all standard breakers calibrated to a 40 C ambient temperature. For any ambient temperature application above or below 40 C, it is recommended that the breaker manufacturer be consulted about any possible re-rating, recalibration, or special procedures before the circuit breaker is selected and applied. Altitude Low voltage circuit breakers must be progressively derated for voltage, current carrying, and interrupting rating at altitudes above 1,829 m (6,000 feet). The thinner air at higher altitudes reduces cooling and dielectric characteristics compared to the denser air found at lower altitudes. Reverse Feed Applications (Power Supply to Load Side) Due to physical equipment arrangements in panelboards and switchboards, it is often desirable to reverse feed an MCCB. For this application, circuit breakers must be tested and listed accordingly. For safety reasons, thermal-magnetic circuit breakers having interchangeable trip units are not acceptable for this application, and are, therefore, marked Line and Load on the cover. Where circuit breakers are so marked, the power source conductors must be connected to the Line end terminations. Unusual Mounting Configurations Generally, circuit breakers may be mounted in any position, up or down, horizontal or vertical, without affecting the tripping characteristics or interrupting rating. However, mounting circuit breakers in a vertical position with the ON position other than UP will be in violation of Article of the National Electrical Code. 28

29 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 Note: Accessories cannot be field installed to the G-Frame circuit breakers. 100 A, G-Frame Interrupting Ratings Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] Interrupt. 480V V V 525V 690V 208V 240V 480V 2 14 ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] 2-Pole Watt Loss [W] Pole Interrupting Rating [ka] 125/250V DC 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 29

30 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 100 A, G-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 100 Frame Ratings [A] 100 No. of Poles 2, 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 2-3P 415 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 2-3P 6 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 440 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 480 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 Standards Compliance IEC CCC KEMA Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 96 At 55 C 93 At 60 C 91 At 70 C 86 Isolation Switch At 40 C At 50 C At 55 C At 60 C At 70 C DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 (2p) 2 Poles in Series 440V Utlization Category 3 Poles in Series 660V Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load 300 Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 50 Molded Case Switch [W] 40 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 100 A, G-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm lb in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 10 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 (240V) 400V [A] 480V [A] 690V [A] Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 5 125V [A] 240V [A] Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 100 A, G-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 24V [W] 48 60V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] 48 60V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 24V [W] 48 60V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 30

31 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 100 A, G-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 1.5 [kg] 0.7 [lb.] 2.2 [kg] 1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height (4.88) Width 50.8 (2) Depth 71.4 (2.81) Height (4.88) Width 76.2 (3) Depth 71.4 (2.81) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 2.63 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-G-MHS M4 x 0.7 x 75 mm 140U-G-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Dim. [mm (in.)] Terminals Pan Head lb in 15 N m 1.69 Specification Specification Box Lugs Material Std/Optional Standard A 12.7 (.05) Cat. No. B 9.53 (0.375) Material Steel C (0.125) Terminal Fastener Hardware Flathead Fastener Slip on box lug Terminal lb in 10 Fastener lb in Torque N m 0.2 Torque N m Cable Type Cu Only C A Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Lugs Cable Temperature Rating 60 /75 C 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame B Wire Strip Length Wire Range Wire Torque Cable Quantity 1 Terminal Type in. 0.5 mm 12.7 AWG mm 2 # Slotted Wire Torque Wire Size Torque Wire Size Torque Wire Size Torque AWG - lb in AWG # AWG # 8 40 AWG # mm (in.) - N m mm ( in.) mm (0.394 in.) mm ( in.) A, M-Frame 31

32 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 2-Pole Dimensions A, PRESSURE COLLAR TERMINALS 3.2 (81.5) 2.4 (61.5) Right Side Top 0.8 (21.4) 0.5 (12.5) 2.0 (50.8) Front 1.0 (25.4) 3.2 (81.8) Bottom Ø0.1 (3.6) 1.2 (30.9) 0.5 (12.4) 2.4 (61.5) 3.2 (81.5) Left Side 32

33 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3-Pole Dimensions 3.0 (76.2) Ø 0.2 (4.1) 140U G-Frame (123.8) (81.7) 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 3.2 (81.4) 2.4 (61.2) 1.0 (25.4) 2.4 (61.2) 3.2 (81.4) 250 A, J-Frame Right Side Front Left Side 0.8 (21.3) 0.5 (11.4) 400 A, K-Frame Top 0.5 (11.4) Bottom 1.2 (31) 2.8 (71.8) 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 33

34 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Rotary Operator (22.2) (6.0) Max. Min. Right Side 76.0 (3.0) Min. Top 45.0 (1.8) (4.8) Min (3.0) Front Min (1.8) Min (4.9) 4-M4 (4.2) (5.8) Bottom 76.0 (3.0) Min (22.2) (6.0) Left Side Max. Min. 34

35 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 125 A, H-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC (3-pole) Interrupting Ratings 100 A, G-Frame Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 277V 480V 600/347V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka ka ka ka ka ka 125 A, H-Frame Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Molded Case Switch A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 35

36 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers A, G-Frame H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 125 Frame Ratings [A] 125 No. of Poles 1, 2, 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 6 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600/347 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 92 At 55 C 87 At 60 C 83 At 70 C 73 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 81 At 70 C 86 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load A 300 Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 25 Molded Case Switch [W] 25 Fixed Thermal Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 48 (122) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 690V [A] 0.25 (600V) Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 36

37 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame H Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 29 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] 1.0 [kg] 0.45 [lb.] 2.0 [kg] 0.91 [lb.] 3.0 [kg] 1.36 [lb.] 4.0 [kg] 1.81 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height (5.5) Width 25.4 (1) Depth 76.2 (3) Height (5.5) Width 50.8 (2) Depth 76.2 (3) Height (5.5) Width 76.2 (3) Depth 76.2 (3) Height (5.5) Width (4) Depth 76.2 (3) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 3.00 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-H-MHS M4 0.7 x 75 mm 140U-H-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 15 N m A, G-Frame H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 37

38 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Terminal and Lugs Specifications 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A 12.7 (0.5) B (0.438) C 6.35 (0.25) D 5.0 (0.2) Flathead Lb-in N m Specification Box Lugs Multitap Lugs Example Multi-tap Lug End Cap Std/Optional Standard Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-H-MTL3A 140U-H-MTL6A Material Steel Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque 140U-H- ECM Molded Housing Flathead #10-32 Slotted Screw #10-32 Slotted Screw Lb-in lb-in 45 lb-in N m N m 5 N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (3) (6) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in. 0.5 (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) mm 12.7 (A) 9 13 (B) (C) (A) 9 13 (B) (C) AWG #14 10 #8 #6 4 #3 3/0 #14 #2 #14 #6 mm Terminal Type Slotted Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Allen - 3 mm (0.094 in.) Wire Torque Lb-in lb-in 25 lb-in N m N m 2.8 N m Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Lbin N m 38

39 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. 100 A, G-Frame YEL ST a WH Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 125 A, H-Frame Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND (suitable for use in ground fault protection applications) U-H-SNZD U-H-SNB 800 A, M-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 39

40 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UVR Connection Diagram Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ ORG UV BRN U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 40

41 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Operator Data Motor Operator Wire Connection GROUND INPUT N(L2,L-) L1(L+) OUTPUT 24V INPUT V~.50/60Hz or v ON/1 OFF/0 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH GROUND INPUT = 48V GROUND L+ NOT USED 48V INPUT L- OUTPUT 24V INPUT = 24V L- 24V INPUT L+ ON/1 ON/1 OFF/0 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH OFF/0 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame V AC/ V DC Application 24/48V DC Application Motor Operator Electrical Data Rated Voltage Rated Frequency Inrush Current [A] V AC 50/60 Hz V DC DC 1 24/48V DC DC 3 A minimum 150 VA power source is recommended. Maximum rate of operation: 6 operations per minute. 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 41

42 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 1-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 88.3 (3.5) 63.4 (2.5) 74.0 (2.9) Right Side (5.5) 23.0 (0.9) 25.0 (1.0) Front Top 96.8 (3.8) (5.5) 63.4 (2.5) 74.0 (2.9) 88.3 (3.5) Left Side 42

43 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 2-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 50.1 (2.0) 100 A, G-Frame 4.3 (0.2) 96.8 (3.8) 125 A, H-Frame 75.5 (3.0) Front 25.6 (1.0) 75.5 (3.0) 250 A, J-Frame 86.7 (3.4) 86.7 (3.4) Right Side Left Side 400 A, K-Frame 21.7 (0.9) 10.7 (0.4) Top 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 43

44 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 70.4 (28) 74.4 (3.0) Right Side Bottom 1.4 (36.6) 3.8 (96.8) 1.0 (25.4) Front Breaker Status 6D0.4Ø (8.9) 3.0 (77.0) 1.1 (27.4) Dimension 70.4 (2.8) 74.4 (3.0) Left Side A B C D E On (2.7) (2.5) (3.5) (2.8) (2.7) Off (1.5) (1.6) (3.4) (1.7) (1.8) Tripped (2.3) (2.2) (3.5) (2.5) (2.5) Reset (1.4) (1.4) (3.4) (1.5) (1.7) 44

45 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operator Ø35.0 (1.4) 50.0 (2.0) 25 (1.0) 100 A, G-Frame TwoØ5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 125 A, H-Frame 76.2 (3.0) OFF/0 Trip ON/ (5.5) (3.8) 250 A, J-Frame 40.3 (1.6) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) Front (Open Door) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) 40.3 (1.6) 400 A, K-Frame Right Side Left Side 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 45

46 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 250 A, J-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 480V 600V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka ka Meets UL requirements for current limiting molded case circuit breakers. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip

47 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 250 Frame Ratings [A] 250 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 94 At 55 C 90 At 60 C 87 At 70 C 80 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 88 At 70 C 82 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 40 Molded Case Switch [W] 40 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 47

48 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Mechanical Specifications 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 11.4 [kg] 5.2 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (7) Width 105 (4.13) Depth 103 (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. M4 x 0.7 x 90 mm 140U-J-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 10 N m

49 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Specification Box Lugs Lugs Mechanical Lugs Multitap End Cap Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-J-TLS1 140U-J-TLA1 140U-J-MTL3A 140U-J-MTL6A 140U-J-ECM Material Steel Alumium Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Phillips Head Phillips head 1/4 20 screw 1/4 20 screw Lb-in lb-in 50 lb-in N m N m 5.6 N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (3) (6) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) mm (A) 9 13 (B) (C) (A) 9 13 (B) (C) AWG MCM MCM Molded Housing #14 #2 #14 #6 mm Terminal Type Allen Allen Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Allen - 3 mm (0.094 in.) Wire Torque Dim. Torque Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Lb-in N m Specification Material Fastener Terminals A (0.75) B (0.625) C 7.94 (0.313) D 8.0 (0.313) Hex Lb-in 180/250 N m 20/ A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame Wire Strip Lengths for Connector Hole Locations Hole Position Upper Middle Lower Wire Strip Length mm ( in.) mm ( in.) mm ( in.) 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 49

50 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND (suitable for use in ground fault protection applications) U-H-SNZD U-H-SNB 50

51 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV BRN 100 A, G-Frame UVR Connection Diagram UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 125 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 51

52 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 87.4 (3.4) Right Side (7.0) C L Handle C L Breaker 77.7 (3.1) (4.1) Front (4.0) 31.8 (1.3) Front Cover Cutout 52.1 (2.1) (4.0) C L Handle 27.0 (1.1) (7.0) 87.4 (3.4) Left Side 52

53 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 100 A, G-Frame Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 125 A, H-Frame Front of Panel Cover (4.1) Reset (5.5) (7.0) 250 A, J-Frame 39.8 (1.6) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Front (Door Open) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) 39.8 (1.6) 400 A, K-Frame Right Side Left Side 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 53

54 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Earth Leakage Module (3.6) (3.7) (3.8) (4.8) Right Side (5.5 (4-Pole)) (4.1 (3-Pole)) RESET (5.5) TEST Front (4.1) 52.4 (2.1) (5.5) (4.3) 48.3 (1.9) (7.0) (4.9) (11.3) (7.0) 86.4 (3.4) (11.3) 91.4 (3.6) 94.0 (3.7) 96.5 (3.8) (4.8) Left Side 54

55 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 400 A, K-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No A, G-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 480V 600V Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka Meets the UL requirements for a current-limiting molded case circuit breaker. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 55

56 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 400 A, K-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 400 Frame Ratings [A] 400 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 Standards Compliance IEC CCC KEMA Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 92 At 55 C 87 At 60 C 84 At 70 C 75 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 85 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load A 240 Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 70 Molded Case Switch [W] 70 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 400 A, K-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 56

57 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 400 A, K-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 400 A, K-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 13.4 [kg] 6.1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 258 (10.16) Width 140 (5.51) Depth 104 (4.06) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 1.75 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-K-MHS M6 x 1.0 x 45 mm 140U-K-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in N m A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 57

58 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A 25.4 (1) B (0.75) C 9.53 (0.375) D 8.9 (0.344) Hex Lb-in 275/375 N m 3/42 Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Lugs Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-K-TLC1 140U-K-TLA1 140U-K- TLA1A 140U-K-TLC2 140U-K-TLA2 140U-K- TLC1A 140U-K- TLA2A 140U-K- TLA1B 140U-K- TLC1B Material Copper Alumium Alumium Copper Alumium Copper Alumium Alumium Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Hex 7/32 Lb-in N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Only Cu/Al Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (1) (2) (2) (1) (2) (1) (1) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG # / / mm /0 250 MCM (2) or 2/0 500 (1) (2) or (1) (1) Terminal Type Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Allen 3/8 Wire Torque Specification Lb-in N m or Lugs Multitap End Cap Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-K-MTL3A 140U-K-MTL6A 140U-K-ECM Material Aluminum Aluminum Molded Housing Terminal Fastener Hardware.375 x 25 screw.375 x 25 screw Terminal Fastener Torque Lb-in lb-in lb-in N m N m N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C Wire Strip Length Wire Range Wire Torque Cable Quantity (3) (6) in. (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) mm (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) AWG #12 2/0 #14 2 AWG mm Terminal Type Allen - 5 mm (0.188 in.) Allen - 3 mm (0.125 in.) Allen - 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in 120 lb-in 25 lb-in 275 Lb-in N m 13.5 N m 2.8 N m 31 -m 58

59 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. Average unlatching time: approximately 6 ms, depending on voltage Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: approximately 18 ms, depending on voltage Endurance 4000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Terminal block is approved for use with one or two AWG 18 No. 14 AWG solid or stranded copper wire Torque: 7 lb-in. (0.8 N m) Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency 50/60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 12 Min. Operating Voltage [V] YEL ST Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] a WH Shunt Trip Connection Diagram VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-K-SNJ U-K-SND U-K-SNN U-K-SNB 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 59

60 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Application Ratings Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Min. Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-K-UJ DC U-K-UZJ U-K-UD 140U-K-UA 140U-K-UB 60

61 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 400 A, K-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (5.5) 100 A, G-Frame ON OFF (10.1) 125 A, H-Frame (4.3) Right Side Front (4.3) Left Side 250 A, J-Frame C L Handle 95.3 (3.8) 31.8 (1.3) 41.7 (1.6) 400 A, K-Frame 66.7 (2.6) (4.8) 60.7 (2.4) Front Cover Cutout 33.3 (1.3) 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 61

62 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) Front of Panel Cover F min Right Side 25.0 (1.0) A 50.0 (2.0) B D Rotary handle E Rotary handle C Breaker handle Breaker handle Left Side Cat. No. A B C D E F min 140U-K-RMX 140U-K-RVM12_ 140U-K-RVM21_ (8.438) 125 (4.922) (1.719) 49.5 (1.95) 15.0 (0.59) 170 (6.71) Front F min 62

63 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 600 A, L-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC 100 A, G-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 277V 480V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka Meets the UL requirements for a current-limiting molded case circuit breaker. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 63

64 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 600 Frame Ratings [A] 600 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 86 At 60 C 82 At 70 C 70 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 130 Molded Case Switch [W] 130 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 64

65 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 79 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 13.4 [kg] 6.1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in millimeters (inches) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 258 (10.2) Width 140 (5.5) Depth 104 (4.1) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 8000 Imperial (in.) x 3.9 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-L-MHS (2) M5 x 0.8 x 100 mm (2) M5 x 0.8 x 110 mm 140U-L-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 25 N m A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 65

66 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dim. Specification Lugs Multitap End Cap Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-L-ECM Material Molded Housing Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Lb-in N m Cable Type Cable Temperature Rating Wire Strip Length Wire Range Wire Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A 25.4 (1.0) B 23.8 (0.9) C 12.7 (0.5) D 13.0 (0.5) Slotted Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Std/Optional Cable Quantity (3) (6) in. (C) (A) (B) (C) mm (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) AWG #12 2/0 mm Terminal Type Lugs Cat. No. 140U-L-TL6A1 140U-L-TL6C1 140U-L-TL6A2 140U-L-TL6C2 140U-L-TL4A1 140U-L-TL4C1 Material Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG mm Terminal Type Wire Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m Allen - 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in 275 Lb-in N m 31 N m 66

67 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 100 A, G-Frame Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ 140U-H-SND U-H-SNB 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 67

68 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 68

69 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 600 A, L-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (5.5) 43.7 (1.7) Ø5.5 (Ø 0.2) 100 A, G-Frame (8.4) (10.1) 125 A, H-Frame (5.4) 85.3 (3.4) 43.7 (1.7) 43.7 (1.7) Front 85.3 (3.4) (5.4) 250 A, J-Frame Right Side Left Side 400 A, K-Frame 34.1 (1.3) 24.6 (1.0) 34.1 (1.3) 24.6 (1.0) 600 A, L-Frame Top Bottom 800 A, M-Frame 69

70 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) Front of Panel Cover (6.5) (4.0) (8.2) Right Side 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) (7.2) (5.5) Front (Open Door) (8.4) (10.1) (4.0) (8.2) (6.5) Left Side 70

71 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Earth Leakage Module (4.7) (5.2) (5.6) (5.6) 86.4 (3.4) 43.2 (1.7) 20.3 (0.8) (4.7) 100 A, G-Frame (13.7) (10.1) (15.4) (8.4) (13.7) 125 A, H-Frame 101.6(4.0) 109.2(4.3) 116.8(4.6) 137.2(5.4) Right Side 182.9(7.2)4POLE 139.7(5.5)3POLE Front 71.1(2.8)4POLE 68.6(2.7)3POLE 101.6(4.0) 109.2(4.3) 116.8(4.6) 137.2(5.4) Left Side 182.9(7.2)4POLE 139.7(5.5)3POLE 71.1(2.8)4POLE 68.6(2.7)3POLE 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 71

72 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. L-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Motor Operator N L1 GND WHITE ON/I RED OFF/O BLACK GREEN (8.0) Right Side (4.8) (5.5) Top Motor Operator After wiring, apply voltage and verify the operator toggles the breaker correctly in all positions, (ON, Trip, OFF/Reset). Motor Operator Connection Diagram (4.8) (5.5) Front WIRING: White- Common Red -ON/I Black - OFF/O Green- Ground (10.1) Tripped3A NO 50% Ground Fault (8.0) Left Side.1A@250VACMAC Ground Fault Connection Diagram 72

73 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 800 A, M-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE CCC (pending) 100 A, G-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 480V 600V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 73

74 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 800 Frame Ratings [A] 800 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 86 At 60 C 82 At 70 C 70 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 290 Molded Case Switch [W] 270 A 60 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 74

75 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 35 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 43.9 [kg] 19.9 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 406 (16) Width 210 (8.25) Depth 103 (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) x 1.25 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-M-MHS M8 x 1.0 x 35 mm 140U-M-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 28 N m A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, G-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 75

76 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A (1.063) B 45 (1.875) C 12.7 (0.5) D 12.7 (0.5) Socket Lb-in 275/400 N m 31.1/45.2 Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Lugs Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-M-TLC3 140U-M-TLA2 140U-M-TLC2 140U-M-TLA3 140U-M-TLA2A Material Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Bolt (19 mm) Bolt (19 mm) Bolt (19 mm) Bolt (19 mm) Bolt (19 mm) ft-lb N m Cable Type Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (3) (2) (2) (3) (2) Wire Strip Length in Wire Range mm AWG 3/ / / mm Terminal Type Hex (8 mm) Hex (8 mm) Hex (8 mm) Hex (8 mm) Hex (8 mm) Wire Torque Lb-in N m

77 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. WH ST a YEL Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 9 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 6 ms, depending on voltage Endurance electrical operations plus 5600 mechanical operations Maximum operations per minute: 6 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 140U-M-SNJ U-H-SND U-M-SNN U-H-SNB 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 77

78 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Supply Voltage U e [V] UVR Connection Diagram Min. BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA Cat. No U-M-UJ U-M-UD 140U-M-UA 140U-M-UB 78

79 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 100 A, G-Frame (16.0) 125 A, H-Frame (4.1) (8.3) (4.1) Right Side 82.6 (3.3) 41.3 (1.6) 41.3 (1.6) Front R4.8 (0.2) 38.1 (1.5) 43.7 (1.7) C L Handle 87.3 (3.4) C L Breaker Left Side R6.4 (0.1) 33.7 (1.3) 83.3 (3.3) 24.6 (1.0) 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame Top 92.5 (3.6) (7.3) Drilling Plan 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 79

80 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 100 A, G-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism F min Right Side A B D Rotary handle E Rotary handle C Breaker handle Front Breaker handle Left Side Cat. No. A B C D E F min 140U-M-RMX 140U-M-RVM12_ 140U-M-RVM21_ (14.75) 195 (7.677) (2.75) (5.10) 16.0 (0.63) 170 (6.71) F min 80

81 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1200 A, N-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC 1200 A, N-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 277V 480V 600/347V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Electronic Trip Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 81

82 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 1200 Frame Ratings [A] 800/1200 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 85 At 60 C 81 At 70 C Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 85 At 60 C 81 At 70 C DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 210 Molded Case Switch [W] 210 A 60 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 82

83 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 80 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 46 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 62 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 46.9 [kg] 21.3 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 406 (15.98) Width 210 (8.27) Depth 104 (4.09) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) x 1.25 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-N-MHS M8 x 1.0 x 35 mm 140U-N-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 28 N m A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 83

84 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Specification Material Terminals A B C D Fastener 35 mm (1.375 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.) 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) (2) 12.7x1.75 (0.5x13) Lb-in N m Lugs Mechanical Lugs Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-N-TLA3 140U-N-TLA2 140U-N-TLC2 140U-N-TLA4 140U-N-TLC3 140U-N-TLC4 Material Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.75 in.) ft-lb N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Only Cu/Al Cu Only Cu Only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (3) (2) (2) (4) (3) (4) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG 3/0 400 MCM #1 500 MCM 2/0 500 MCM 4/0 500 MCM 3/0 500 MCM 3/0 400 MCM mm Terminal Type Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Wire Torque Lb-in N m

85 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. WH ST Shunt Trip Connection Diagram a YEL Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz 9 24 DC /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 9 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 30 ms, depending on voltage Endurance electrical operations Maximum operations per minute: 6 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 140U-N-SNJ U-N-SND U-M-SNN U-N-SNB 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 85

86 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Connection Diagram UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. UV BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA Cat. No U-N-UJ Motor Operator Neg(-) ForDC Transformer (when required) Pos(+) ForDC Motor Operator Ratings and Conditions Supply Voltage R Whits Breaker auxiliary switch (optional) (N.C) PB ON Lead Close Ind. Lamp (optional) (N.O.) ON Limit switch Red Lead Breaker auxiliary switch (optional) OFF Limit switch Blue Lead UVR Connection Diagram Power interlock limit switch Close Ind. Lamp (optional) PBOFF Catalog Number 140U-N-EOPD 1400-N-EOPA Voltage (V) 120 (110)V AC 240 (220)V AC Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 Motor-in-Rush Current (A) (3p/4p) (N.C) G d U-N-UD 140U-N-UA 140U-N-UB 86

87 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (9.3) (16.0) 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame (5.5) Right Side (8.3) Front 87.4 (3.4) (5.5) Left Side 250 A, J-Frame R6.4 (0.3) C Breaker L 48.5 (1.9) 400 A, K-Frame 38.1 (1.5) 93.5 (3.7) (6.4) 81.0 (3.2) 600 A, L-Frame Front Cover Cutout 800 A, M-Frame 87

88 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1200 A, N-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Rotary Operator Mechanism C L (14.8) Door (16.1) (9.6) Ref (22.0) NOTE: This dimension is for reference only. Different types of enclosures and shaft lengths will change this dimension accordingly Ref (8.6) C Rotary L Handle FourØ Tap Rotary Handle C L Right Side 69.9 (2.8) Breaker Handle C L C L Breaker Handle Line Load Base Plate Ø90.5 (3.6) Gasket CL Pivot Link C L NFrame 22.4 (0.9) Front Removethetwoloadend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x88.9(3.5)screws. CL Setscrew Four 0.3(7.9)-18x31.8(1.25) For Enclosure Mounting Collar (holds shaft in place) Rotary No-Mech. Slider Removethetwolineend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x3.5screws. Shaft Shaft Support 88

89 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2500 A, R-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC 1250 A, N-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 277V 480V 600/347V Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Interrupt. 480V ka ka ka 2500 A, R-Frame Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] Electronic Trip A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 89

90 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 2500 A, R-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 2500 Frame Ratings [A] 2500 No. of Poles 3 Voltage Ratings Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC Standards Compliance CCC KEMA Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 94 At 55 C 90 At 60 C 87 At 70 C 80 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss at maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] Molded Case Switch [W] 20 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 2500 A, R-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 90

91 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 2500 A, R-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole Mechanical Specifications 2500 A, R-Frame 3-Pole, 1600/2000 A breakers 3-Pole, 2500 A breakers 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 102 [kg] 46.3 [lb.] 135 [kg] 61.2 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. user supplied M11 user supplied Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Lb-in N m 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 91

92 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (1.6) 20.7 (0.8) R (1.0) 9.5 (0.4) Torque Wire Strip Length Terminals Cat. No. 140U-R-TLA4 140U-R-TLC4 140U-R-TLA6 Material Aluminum Copper Aluminum Terminal Fastener 17mm (0.669 in.) Hex Head 17mm (0.669 in.) Hex Head mm (0.375 in.) Hex Head (2) N m lb in Cable type Cu/AL Copper Cu/AL Cable Quantity in mm Wire Range AWG Wire Torque 57.2 ± 0.03 (2.3 ± 0.01) 27.9 ± 0.2 (1.1 ± 0.006) 20.7 (0.8) 41.3 (1.6) R x 8.3 (0.3) dia. min. 8.6 (0.3) dia. max. includes 1/2 taper/side 0.01 x 45 cham. mm Terminal head type 9 mm (0.354 in.) Hex 9 mm (0.354 in.) Hex 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) Hex 19.1 (0.8) 9.5 (0.4) No draft or parting line both sides 3.2 (0.1) Parting line both sides (5.5) (3.6) (1.3) 77.0 (3.0) Break sharp corner after gate cutoff. Approx x 45 chamfer in lb N m (0.4) 12.7 (0.5) Bottom surface is a contact surface R (1.1) 4x R.06 around bottom 57.1 ± 0.3 (2.25 ± 0.01) 2x dia. min. No draft or parting dia. max. lines on this surface includes 1 taper/side 0.03 x 45 cham. Unless otherwise specified, dimensions to 3 decimal places are ± Cat. No. 140U-R-RCC16 Rear Stab Terminals 5.2(0.2) dia. thru 2-holes 38.1 (1.5) 57.2 (2.3) (2.1) Ref. 1.7 (0.1) Ref. 32.6(1.3) Ref. Cat. No. 140U-R-RCC25 Heat Sink Terminals 7.0(0.3) Ref. 14.1(0.6) Ref. 2.4 (0.1) Ref. 6.0 (0.2) Ref. 4x 8.3 (0.3) dia. min. 8.9 (0.4) dia. max. includes 1/2 taper/side 0.3 (0.01) x 45 cham (0.8) 41.3 (1.6) R ± 0.3 (2.3 ± 0.01) 20.7 (0.8) 41.3 (1.6) (0.8) (0.4) 28.6 ± 0.2 (1.1 ± 0.006) 28.6 (1.1) R No draft or parting line R. 09 both sides (8.5) (6.6) (1.3) (6.0) 92.7 (3.7) Break sharp corner after gate cutoff. Approx. 0.8 (0.03) x 45 cham. Parting line both sides 38.1 (1.5) 2x 11.1 (0.4) dia. min (0.5) dia. max. includes 1 taper/side 0.8 (0.03) x 45 cham (0.8) 12.7 (0.5) 2x 5.2 (0.2) dia. 9.5 (0.4) Bottom surface is a contact surface 4x R.06 around bottom 28.6 (1.1) 57.1 ± ± 0.01 No draft or parting lines on this surface Unless otherwise specified, dimensions to 3 decimal places are ± Cat. Nos. 140U-R-RCC20& 140U-R-RCC25 Rear Stab Terminals 92

93 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 ms, depending on voltage Endurance electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations Maximum operations per minute: 6 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Control Voltage Source Customer-Supplied Overcurrent Protection Device (As Required) ST Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Customer-Supplied Remote Signal Contact and Indication (As Required) Yellow White R 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 110 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-R-SND U-R-SNN U-R-SNB 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 93

94 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. Monitored Voltage UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U s [V] 110 Overcurrent Protection (Customer-supplied when required) UVR Orange Brown Overcurrent Protection (Customer-supplied when required) UVR Connection Diagram Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-R-UVD U-R-UVA U-R-UVN 12 DC U-R-UVZQ 24 DC U-R-UVZJ DC DC DC U-R-UVZZ U-R-UVZS U-R-UVZA 94

95 Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Rotary Operator 406.4(16.0) 381.0(15.0) 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 196.9(7.8) Breaker C L C L Rotary Handle Rotary Handle C L C L Rotary Handle 167.0(6.6) 209.6(8.3) 368.3(14.5) 393.7(15.5) 95

96 Push To Trip Bulletin 140U UL/IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (9.7) (5.1) (14.5) (9.7) 4Holes 11.2 Dia. (0.4) (5.1) (7.3) CL Handle (0.4) Dia. (4 Holes) Use 4, 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts for Mounting Breaker (14.5) CL Breaker (6.7) (12.9) (7.3) (6.6) C L Breaker (13.1) Approximate Weights C L Handle Front Cover Cutout (7.8) (15.0) (7.8) Cat. No. 140U-R U-R U-R (15.0) (16.0) (9.0) Right Side (15.5) Front (15.5) Front 209.6) (8.3) (16.0) (9.0) Right Side Weight 102 lbs 102 lbs 135 lbs (9.0) Left Side (6.8) 96

97 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Introduction to IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers page 98 H-Frame page 99 J-Frame page 109 L-Frame page 119 M-Frame page 128 N-Frame page 136 Time-Current Curves page A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 97

98 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1250 A, N-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Frame Reference H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame M-Frame N-Frame Max. Current I n 160 A 250 A 630 A 800 A 1250 A Current Range A A A A A Thermal Magnetic Electronic: LS LSI LSG LSIG Interrupting Ratings: V (I cu ) V V V (I cu ) Molded Case Switches Flex Cable Operators Rotary Operators Internal Control Modules (Field installed) Standards Compliance IEC CE KEMA CCC (pending) 98

99 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame IEC CE KEMA CCC (3-pole) Interrupting Ratings 160 A, H-Frame Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V Interrupt V ka ka ka ka 2500 A, R-Frame Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] 3-Pole 4-Pole Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Pole 4-Pole 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 99

100 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 160 A, H-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 160 Frame Ratings [A] 160 No. of Poles 3, 4 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 500 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 6 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 92 At 55 C 87 At 60 C 83 At 70 C 73 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 81 At 70 C 86 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 300 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker Molded Case Switch Fixed Thermal [W] [W] 3-Pole: 31 4-Pole: 41 3-Pole: 31 4-Pole: 41 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 690V [A] 0.25 (600V) Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 100

101 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame H Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 29 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 3-Pole 4-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] 3.0 [kg] 1.36 [lb.] 4.0 [kg] 1.81 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height (5.5) Width 76.2 (3) Depth 76.2 (3) Height (5.5) Width (4) Depth 76.2 (3) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 3.00 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-H-MHS M4 0.7 x 75 mm 140U-H-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 15 N m A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 101

102 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A 12.7 (0.5) B 11.0 (0.438) C 6.4 (0.25) D 5.0 (0.2) Flathead Lb-in N m Specification Box Lugs Multitap Lugs End Cap Std/Optional Standard Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-H-MTL3A 140U-H-MTL6A Material Steel Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Flathead #10-32 Slotted Screw #10-32 Slotted Screw Lb-in lb-in 45 lb-in N m N m 5 N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60 /75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (3) (6) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in. 0.5 mm 12.7 (A) in. (A) 9 13 mm (B) in. (B) mm (C) in. (C) mm (A) in. (A) 9 13 mm (B) in. (B) mm (C) in. (C) mm AWG #14 10 #8 #6 4 #3 3/0 #14 #2 #14 #6 mm Terminal Type Slotted Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Allen - 3 mm (0.094 in.) Wire Torque Lb-in lb-in 25 lb-in N m N m 2.8 N m 140U-H- ECM Molded Housing Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Lbin N m 102

103 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 160 A, H-Frame Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND (suitable for use in ground fault protection applications) U-H-SNZD U-H-SNB 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 103

104 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 104

105 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Motor Operator Data Motor Operator Wire Connection GROUND INPUT N(L2,L-) L1(L+) OUTPUT 24V INPUT V~.50/60Hz or v ON/1 OFF/ V AC/ V DC Application 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH GROUND INPUT = 48V GROUND L+ NOT USED 48V INPUT L- OUTPUT 24V INPUT = 24V L- 24V INPUT L+ ON/1 ON/1 24/48V DC Application OFF/0 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH OFF/0 24V USER SUPPLIED SWITCH 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame Motor Operator Electrical Data Rated Voltage Rated Frequency Inrush Current [A] V AC 50/60 Hz V DC DC 1 24/48V DC DC 3 A minimum 150 VA power source is recommended. Maximum rate of operation: 6 operations per minute. 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 105

106 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame HandleC L 19.6 (0.8) (1.4) (2.8) 74.4 (2.9) 74.4 (3.0) C Right Side 38.1 (1.5) 76.2 (3.0) 23.9 (0.9) Top 96.8 (3.8) 43.9 (1.7) 5.1Ø (0.2) Thru Conductors 25.4 (1.0) Front 4D4.3 x 4.8Ø (0.2) (0.2) Slot for #6 Mounting Screws Breaker Status 6D8.9Ø (0.4) 77.0 (3.0) HandleC L 19.6 (0.8) 36.1 (1.4) 70.4 (2.8) (2.9) (3.0) C Dimension Left Side A B C D E On (2.7) (2.5) (3.5) (2.8) (2.7) Off (1.5) (1.6) (3.4) (1.7) (1.8) Tripped (2.3) (2.2) (3.5) (2.5) (2.5) Reset (1.4) (1.4) (3.4) (1.5) (1.7) 106

107 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame (5.5) 2500 A, R-Frame 70.4 (2.8) Right Side (4.0) Front 70.4 (2.8) Left Side 250 A, J-Frame 90.9 (3.6) Max. 400 A, K-Frame Top 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 107

108 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 2500 A, R-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operator Ø35.0 (1.4) TwoØ5.5 (0.2) 40.3 (1.6) 50.0 (2.0) 25 (1.0) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) Right Side 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 76.2 (3.0) OFF/0 Trip ON/1 Front (Open Door) (5.5) (3.8) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) Left Side 40.3 (1.6) 108

109 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 250 A, J-Frame IEC CE KEMA CCC 160 A, H-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 480V 600V Circuit Breaker Type Interrupt V ka ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole 4-Pole Molded Case Switch Thermal-Magnetic Trip (3-pole); 40 (4-pole) Electronic Trip A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 109

110 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 250 Frame Ratings [A] 250 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 94 At 55 C 90 At 60 C 87 At 70 C 80 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 88 At 70 C 82 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 40 (3-pole); 53 (4-pole) Molded Case Switch [W] 30 (3-pole); 40 (4-pole) Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 110

111 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 11.4 [kg] 5.2 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in millimeters (inches) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (7) Width 105 (4.13) Depth 103 (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. M4 x 0.7 x 90 mm 140U-J-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 10 N m A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 111

112 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Specification Box Lugs Lugs Mechanical Lugs Multitap End Cap Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Standard Cat. No. 140U-J-TLS1 140U-J-TLA1 140U-J-MTL3A 140U-J-MTL6A 140U-J-ECM Material Steel Alumium Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Phillips Head Phillips head 1/4 20 screw 1/4 20 screw Lb-in lb-in 50 lb-in N m N m 5.6 N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (3) (6) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in (A) in. mm (A) 9 13 mm AWG MCM MCM (B) in. (B) mm (C) in. (C) mm (A) in. (A) 9 13 mm (B) in. (B) mm (C) in. (C) mm Molded Housing #14 #2 #14 #6 mm Terminal Type Allen Allen Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Wire Torque Dim. Torque Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Lb-in N m Specification Material Fastener Terminals A (0.75) B (0.625) C 7.94 (0.313) D 8.0 (0.313) Hex Lb-in 180/250 N m 20/28 Wire Strip Lengths for Connector Hole Locations Hole Position Upper Middle Lower Wire Strip Length mm ( in.) mm ( in.) mm ( in.) 112

113 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND (suitable for use in ground fault protection applications) U-H-SNZD U-H-SNB 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 113

114 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 114

115 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3- and 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 4.13 (104.9) 35.1 (1.4) 19.8(0.8) 160 A, H-Frame 139.7(5.5) 177.8(7.0) 250 A, J-Frame (4.4) Right Side Front of 3-Pole (5.5) Left Side (4.4) 250 A, J-Frame 177.8(7.0) 400 A, K-Frame Front of 4-Pole 600 A, L-Frame Top of 3-Pole Top of 4-Pole 800 A, M-Frame 115

116 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 90.7(3.6) 93.7(3.7) 96.6(3.8) 121.4(4.8) Right Side 139.7(5.5)(4 Pole) RESET 104.8(4.1) (3 Pole) TEST Front (5.5) 31.8 (1.3) (4.1) 52.1 (2.1) (7.0) 47.6 (1.9) (11.3) 99.6 (3.9) (4.9) (7.0) (11.3) 90.7(3.6) 93.7(3.7) 96.6(3.8) 121.4(4.8) Left Side 116

117 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 160 A, H-Frame Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 250 A, J-Frame Front of Panel Cover (4.1) 250 A, J-Frame Reset (5.5) (7.0) 400 A, K-Frame 39.8 (1.6) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Right Side Front (Door Open) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Left Side 39.8 (1.6) 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 117

118 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Earth Leakage Module (5.5 (4-Pole)) (4.1 (3-Pole)) 52.4 (2.1) 250 A, J-Frame (5.5) (7.0) (11.3) 250 A, J-Frame (3.6) (3.7) (3.8) (4.8) RESET TEST Front (4.3) 91.4 (3.6) 94.0 (3.7) 96.5 (3.8) (4.8) 400 A, K-Frame Right Side (5.5) 48.3 (1.9) Left Side 600 A, L-Frame (4.9) (7.0) (11.3) 86.4 (3.4) 800 A, M-Frame (4.1) 118

119 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 630 A, L-Frame IEC CE KEMA CCC 160 A, H-Frame Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600V Circuit Breaker Type Interrupting V A, J-Frame Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] Electronic Trip Pole 630 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 119

120 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 600 Frame Ratings [A] 600 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 86 At 60 C 82 At 70 C 70 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 52 (3-pole); 52 (4-pole) Molded Case Switch [W] 52 (3-pole); 52 (4-pole) Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 120

121 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 79 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 13.4 [kg] 6.1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 258 (10.16) Width 140 (5.51) Depth 104 (4.09) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 8000 Imperial (in.) x 3.9 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-L-MHS M5 x 0.8 x 100 mm 140U-L-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 25 N m A, K-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 121

122 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Specification Material Fastener Terminals A 25.4 (1.0) B (0.938) C 12.7 (0.5) D 13.0 (0.516) Slotted Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Lugs Cat. No. 140U-L-TL6A1 140U-L-TL6C1 140U-L-TL6A2 140U-L-TL6C2 140U-L-TL4A1 140U-L-TL4C1 Material Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG Terminal Type Wire Torque Specification mm Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m Lugs Multitap End Cap Std/Optional Optional Optional Standard Cat. No. 140U-L-ECM Material Molded Housing Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Lb-in N m Cable Type Cable Temperature Rating Wire Strip Length Wire Range Wire Torque Cable Quantity (3) (6) in. (B) in. (C) in. (A) in. (B) in. (C) in. mm (B) mm (C) mm (A) mm (B) mm (C) mm AWG #12 2/0 mm Terminal Type Allen - 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in 275 Lb-in N m 31 N m 122

123 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 160 A, H-Frame Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ 140U-H-SND U-H-SNB 600 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 123

124 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 124

125 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 630 A, L-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (5.5) 43.7 (1.7) 160 A, H-Frame (10.1) (8.4) 250 A, J-Frame (5.4) Right Side Front of 3-Pole (7.2) 43.7 (1.7) (5.4) Left Side 630 A, L-Frame (8.4) (10.1) 400 A, K-Frame (5.4) Right Side Front of 4-Pole (5.4) Left Side 600 A, L-Frame Top of 4-Pole Top of 3-Pole 800 A, M-Frame 125

126 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) Front of Panel Cover (6.5) 50.0 (2.0) (4.0) (8.2) Right Side 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) (7.2) (5.5) Front (Open Door) (8.4) (10.1) (4.0) (8.2) (6.5) Left Side 126

127 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Earth Leakage Module (4.7) (5.2) (5.6) (5.6) 86.4 (3.4) 43.2 (1.7) 20.3 (0.8) (4.7) 160 A, H-Frame (13.7) (10.1) (15.4) (8.4) (13.7) 250 A, J-Frame 101.6(4.0) 109.2(4.3) 116.8(4.6) 137.2(5.4) Right Side 182.9(7.2)4POLE 139.7(5.5)3POLE Front 71.1(2.8)4POLE 68.6(2.7)3POLE 101.6(4.0) 109.2(4.3) 116.8(4.6) 137.2(5.4) Left Side 182.9(7.2)4POLE 139.7(5.5)3POLE 71.1(2.8)4POLE 68.6(2.7)3POLE 630 A, L-Frame L-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker with Motor Operator (4.1) (4.0) (5.2) 87.3 (3.4) 43.7 (1.7) (4.1) (4.0) (5.6) 87.3 (3.4) 43.7 (1.7) 21.8 (0.9) (4.7) 400 A, K-Frame (10.1) (15.4) (15.4) (8.4) (13.7) 600 A, L-Frame (3.9) (4.3) 115.7(4.6) (5.4) Right Side (3.9) (7.2) 4-POLE (5.5) 3-POLE (4.3) 115.7(4.6) (5.4) (7.2) 4-POLE (5.5) 3-POLE SCALE 12.7 (0.5) Front Left Side 69.9 (2.8) 4-POLE 69.6 (2.7) 3-POLE 800 A, M-Frame 127

128 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 800 A, M-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame IEC CE KEMA CCC (pending) Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 525V 690V 240V 480V 600V Circuit Breaker Type Interrupt V ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Thermal-Magnetic Trip Watt Loss [W] Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip

129 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Electrical Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 800 Frame Ratings [A] 800 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 86 At 60 C 82 At 70 C 70 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 290 Molded Case Switch [W] 270 A 60 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 129

130 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 35 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 800 A, M-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 43.9 [kg] 19.9 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 406 (16) Width 210 (8.25) Depth 103 (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) x 1.25 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-M-MHS M8 x 1.0 x 35 mm 140U-M-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 28 N m 3 130

131 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Fastener Terminals A (1.063) B 45 (1.875) C 12.7 (0.5) D 12.7 (0.5) Socket Lb-in 275/400 N m 31.1/45.2 Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Lugs Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-M-TLC3 140U-M-TLA2 140U-M-TLC2 140U-M-TLA3 140U-M-TLA2A Material Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) ft-lb N m Cable Type Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (3) (2) (2) (3) (2) Wire Strip Length in Wire Range mm AWG 3/ / / mm Terminal Type Wire Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 131

132 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. WH ST a YEL Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 9 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 6 ms, depending on voltage Endurance electrical operations plus 5600 mechanical operations Maximum operations per minute: 6 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 140U-M-SNJ U-H-SND U-M-SNN U-H-SNB 132

133 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV BRN 160 A, H-Frame UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. UVR Connection Diagram Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] Cat. No U-M-UJ VA U-M-UD 140U-M-UA 140U-M-UB 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 133

134 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Approximate Dimensions 800 A, M-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. B Dim. A LC Handle Pivot (4.1) (4.4) Right Side 82.6 (3.3) 41.3 (1.6) Top 13.5 (0.5) (8.3) C L Handle Pivot (16.0) On/I Off/0 Line End 69.9 (2.8) (8.3) Front On/I Off/ (4.3) (6.1) (11.5) (7.7) (14.8) LC Handle Pivot Breaker Status Dimension A Dimension B On (8.7) Off (6.7) Tripped 13.5 (0.5) (7.9) Reset (6.4) (4.4) (4.1) Left Side (9.2) (7.1) (8.3) (6.8) Dim. A Dim. B 134

135 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Ø 35.0 (1.4) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 160 A, H-Frame Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 250 A, J-Frame Front of Panel Cover E C 630 A, L-Frame A B D Rotary handle Rotary handle Breaker handle Breaker handle 800 A, M-Frame F min Right Side Front Left Side F min 600 A, L-Frame Cat. No. A B C D E F min 140U-M-RMX 140U-M-RVM12_ 140U-M-RVM21_ (14.8) (7.7) 69.9 (2.8) (5.1) 16.0 (0.6) (6.7) 800 A, M-Frame 135

136 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1250 A, N-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame IEC CE KEMA CCC Interrupting Ratings Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 500V 690V 240V 480V 600/347V Circuit Breaker Type Interrupt V ka ka Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole 4-Pole Molded Case Switch Electronic Trip

137 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 1200 Frame Ratings [A] 800/1200 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 85 At 60 C 81 At 70 C Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 85 At 60 C 81 At 70 C DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 210 Molded Case Switch [W] 210 A 60 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/ A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 137

138 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 80 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 46 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 62 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 46.9 [kg] 21.3 [lb.] 62.3 [kg] 28.3 Dimensions in millimeters (inches) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 406 (15.98) Width 210 (8.27) Depth 104 (4.09) Height 406 (15.98) Width 280 (11.02) Depth 104 (4.09) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) x 1.25 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-N-MHS M8 x 1.0 x 35 mm 140U-N-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 28 N m 3 138

139 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dim. Torque Specification Material Terminals A 35 (1.375) B 38 (1.5) C 12.7 (0.5) D Fastener (2) 12.7x1.75 (0.5x13) Lb-in N m Std/Optional Cat. No. Material Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Cable Type Lugs Optional 140U-N-TLA4M Aluminum Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) ft-lb N m Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C Cable Quantity (4) Wire Strip Length Wire Range Terminal Type Wire Torque in. 1 mm 25.4 AWG 4/0 500 MCM mm Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in 375 N m A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 139

140 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch, and is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. WH ST a YEL Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz 9 24 DC /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 9 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 30 ms, depending on voltage Endurance electrical operations Maximum operations per minute: 6 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 140U-N-SNJ U-N-SND U-M-SNN U-N-SNB 140

141 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The Undervoltage Release (UVR) monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV BRN 160 A, H-Frame UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. UVR Connection Diagram Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] Cat. No U-N-UJ VA U-N-UD 140U-N-UA 140U-N-UB 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 141

142 A Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame B A (5.2) (5.2) (5.5) (6.0) (7.1) Right Side (16.0) (9.3) (14.8) Ø 8.7 (0.3) Mounting Holes Ø 17.9 (0.7) C Bore (4.5) Deep from Top Ø 15.1 (0.6) C Bore 9.1 (0.4) Deep from Bottom 99.2 (3.9) C L Handle (4.1) ON/I OFF/O (8.3) Front 39.7 (1.6) Top Six Ø 3.7 (0.1) 12.7 (0.5) Deep to Accept a #8 Thread Cutting Screw (5.2) (5.2) (5.5) (6.0) (7.1) Left Side B 142

143 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Rotary Operator Mechanism C L Door Ø90.5 (3.6) Gasket 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame (9.6) CL C L CL (16.1) Ref (22.0) NOTE: This dimension is for reference only. Different types of enclosures and shaft lengths will change this dimension accordingly (0.9) 630 A, L-Frame Right Side Front 69.9 (2.8) Line NFrame Four 0.3(7.9)-18x31.8(1.25) For Enclosure Mounting 800 A, M-Frame (14.8) Ref (8.6) Rotary Handle C L C Rotary L Handle Breaker Handle C L C L Breaker Handle Pivot Link Setscrew Collar (holds shaft in place) Rotary No-Mech. Slider Removethetwolineend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x3.5screws. Shaft Support 1250 A, N-Frame Shaft FourØ Tap Load Base Plate Removethetwoloadend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x88.9(3.5)screws. 800 A, M-Frame 143

144 Bulletin 140UE IEC Molded Case Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 144

145 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Introduction to Motor Circuit Protectors page 146 H-Frame page 147 J-Frame page 153 L-Frame page 161 N-Frame page 169 Time-Current Curves page A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Publication 140U-TD004A-EN-P 145

146 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame H-Frame J-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Max. Current l e 100 A 250 A 600 A 1200 A Current Rating Short Circuit Protection Standards Compliance: CSA 22.2, No. 5 UL489 (Recognized) IEC CE CCC Note: Motor Circuit Protectors provide magnetic protection only and should be used in conjunction with a controller that provides branch thermal overcurrent protection. 146 Publication 140U-TD004A-EN-P

147 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 100 A, H-Frame UL 489 Recognized CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE Magnetic Trip and Motor Ratings Rated Operational Current (I e ) [A] Magnetic Trip Current [A] Cam Setting 3-phase Hp Ratings Max. kw, 3-Phase AC-3 A B C D E F G H I 200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V H-Frame The Hp and kw ratings shown are for reference only. They allow for a magnetic trip setting of at least 11X the motor FLA. However, the final selection of the MCP should be made based on motor full load current and the requirements of local electrical codes. The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. UL Listed Application Ratings Motor Circuit Protectors Only Cat. No. Max. Fuse or C.B. per NEC UL 508 Manual Motor Controller UL 489 Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker (Magnetic Only) Group Motor Installation Motor Disconnect Motor Circuit Protector Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V H-Frame 140M-H8P-B M-H8P-B M-H8P-C M-H8P-C M-H8P-C M-H8P-C M-H8P-D M-H8R-D Separate overload protection is required. The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. 100 A, H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 100 A, JH-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 147

148 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 100 A, H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Electronic Trip Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 125 Frame Ratings [A] 125 No. of Poles 1, 2, 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 6 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600/347 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 92 At 55 C 87 At 60 C 83 At 70 C 73 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 81 At 70 C 86 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, non-inductive loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Fixed Thermal Ops/ hour A

149 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 690V [A] 0.25 (600V) Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 29 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] A, K-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 125 A, H-Frame A, H-Frame Mechanical Specifications 3-Pole 3-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 125 A, H-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] 3.0 [kg] 1.36 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height (5.5) Width 76.2 (3.0) Depth 76.2 (3.0) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 3.00 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-H-MHS M4 0.7 x 75 mm 140U-H-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 15 N m A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 149

150 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Terminal and Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 100 A, H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dim. Torque Fastener Terminals Specification Material A 12.7 (0.5) B (0.44) C 6.35 (0.25) D 5.0 (0.2) Flathead Lb-in N m Specification Box Lugs End Cap Std/Optional Standard Optional Cat. No. Material Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Steel 140U-H- ECM Molded Housing Flathead Lb-in 10 N m 0.2 Cable Type Cu Only Cable Temperature Rating 60 C/75 C Cable Quantity (1) Wire Strip Length Wire Range Terminal Type Wire Torque in. 0.5 mm 12.7 AWG #14 10 #8 #6 4 #3 3/0 mm Slotted Lb-in N m Allen - 4 mm (0.16 in.) Lb-in N m 150

151 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 3-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (1.0) 4D4.3 x 4.8Ø (0.2) (0.2) Slot for #6 Mounting Screws 6D8.9Ø (0.4) 100 A, H-Frame HandleC L 96.8 (3.8) 43.9 (1.7) 77.0 (3.0) HandleC L 125 A, H-Frame 19.6 (0.8) (1.4) (2.8) 74.4 (2.9) 74.4 (3.0) C 5.1Ø (0.2) Thru Conductors Front 19.6 (0.8) 36.1 (1.4) 70.4 (2.8) (2.9) (3.0) C 250 A, J-Frame Right Side Left Side 38.1 (1.5) 76.2 (3.0) 23.9 (0.9) Breaker Status On Off Tripped Reset Dimension A B C D E (2.71) (1.64) (2.33) (1.39) (2.53) (1.62) (2.23) (1.49) (3.46) (3.46) (3.54) (3.42) (2.83) (1.66) (2.65) (1.52) (2.75) (1.84) (2.46) (1.70) 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame Top 800 A, M-Frame 151

152 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 100 A, H-Frame 125 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 400 A, K-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Variable Depth Operator Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (1.6) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) Right Side Ø35.0 (1.4) TwoØ5.5 (0.2) 50.0 (2.0) 25 (1.0) 76.2 (3.0) OFF/0 Trip ON/1 Front (Open Door) 25.0 (1.0) (5.5) (3.8) 50.0 (2.0) (4.4) (5.6) 3.8 (0.2) Left Side 40.3 (1.6) 152

153 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 250 A, J-Frame UL 489 Recognized CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE CCC Magnetic Trip & Motor Ratings Rated Operational Current (I e ) [A] Magnetic Trip Current [A] Cam Setting 3-Phase Hp Ratings Max. kw, 3-Phase AC-3 A B C D E F G H I 200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V The Hp and kw ratings shown are for reference only. They allow for a magnetic trip setting of at least up to 10x the motor FLA. However, the final selection of the MCP should be made based on motor full load current and the requirements of local electrical codes.3 The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 153

154 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 250 Frame Ratings [A] 250 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 (recognized) CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 94 At 55 C 90 At 60 C 87 At 70 C 80 Isolation Switch/MCP At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 88 At 70 C 82 DC Rated Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/hour 240 A Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 154

155 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 11.4 [kg] 5.2 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in millimeters (in.) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (7.0) Width (4.13) Depth (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. M4 x 0.7 x 90 mm 140U-J-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 10 N m A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 155

156 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Lugs Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs End Cap Std/Optional Standard Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-J-TLS1 140U-J-TLA1 140U-J-ECM Material Steel Alumium Molded Housing Terminal Fastener Hardware Phillips Head Phillips head Lb-in Terminal Fastener Torque N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) in Wire Strip Length mm AWG MCM MCM Wire Range mm Terminal Type Allen Allen Allen - 4 mm (0.16 in.) Lb-in Wire Torque N m Terminal Specification Material mm [in.] A (0.75) B (0.625) Dimensions C 7.94 (0.31) D 8.0 (0.31) Fastener Hex Torque Lb-in 180/250 N m 20/28 156

157 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch. The unit is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. Maximum Operations per Minute: 5 YEL WH Maximum Operating Voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating a ST 160 A, H-Frame Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND U-H-SNB 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 157

158 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The UVR monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN UVR Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 158

159 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Approximate Dimensions 3-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (4.0) 160 A, H-Frame (7.0) C L Handle (7.0) 250 A, J-Frame 87.4 (3.4) Right Side C L Breaker (4.1) Front 31.8 (1.3) 87.4 (3.4) Left Side 630 A, L-Frame 77.7 (3.1) 52.1 (2.1) C L Handle 27.0 (1.1) 800 A, M-Frame (4.0) Front Cover Cutout 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 159

160 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 630 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Ø 35.0 (1.4) Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 39.8 (1.6) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) Front of Panel Cover (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Right Side 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) (4.1) Reset Front (Door Open) (5.5) (7.0) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Left Side 39.8 (1.6) 160

161 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 600 A, L-Frame UL 489 Recognized CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE CCC KEMA 160 A, H-Frame Magnetic Trip & Motor Ratings Rated Operational Current (I e ) [A] Magnetic Trip Current [A] Cam Setting 3-phase Hp Ratings Max. kw, 3-Phase AC-3 A B C D E F G H I 200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V Cat. No M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D60 The Hp and kw ratings shown are for reference only. They allow for a magnetic trip setting of at least up to 10X the motor FLA. However, the final selection of the MCP should be made based on motor full load current and the requirements of local electrical codes. The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame UL Listed Application Ratings Motor Circuit Protectors Only Cat. No. Max. Fuse or C.B. per NEC UL 508 Manual Motor Controller UL 489 Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker (Magnetic Only) Group Motor Installation Motor Disconnect Motor Circuit Protector Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V L-Frame 140M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D Separate overload protection is required. The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 161

162 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 600 Frame Ratings [A] 600 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Isolation Switch/MCP At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, Non-Inductive Loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour A 240 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire size range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) AWG #18 Wire size range mm Auxilliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/4 162

163 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 79 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 13.4 [kg] 6.1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in millimeters (in.) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 258 (10.16) Width 140 (5.51) Depth 104 (4.09) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 8000 Imperial (in.) x 3.9 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-L-MHS (2) M5 x 0.8 x 100 mm (2) M5 x 0.8 x 110 mm 140U-L-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 25 N m A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 163

164 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Material Specification Terminals Dimensions A 25.4 (1.0) Fastener B (0.94) C 12.7 (0.5) D 13.0 (0.52) Slotted Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Std/Optional Lugs Cat. No. 140U-L-TL6A1 140U-L-TL6C1 140U-L-TL6A2 140U-L-TL6C2 140U-L-TL4A1 140U-L-TL4C1 Material Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Lb-in N m Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Cable Type Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) Wire Strip Length in mm Wire Range AWG mm Terminal Type Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Wire Torque Lb-in Std/Optional Cat. No. Material N m Lugs Specification Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Lb-in N m Cable Type Cable Temperature Rating Cable Quantity Wire Strip Length in. mm Wire Range AWG Terminal Type mm 2 End Cap Optional 140U-L-ECM Molded Housing Wire Torque Lb-in 275 Lb-in N m Allen - 8 mm (0.315 in.) 31 N m Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) 164

165 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch. It is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 160 A, H-Frame Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ 140U-H-SND U-H-SNB 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 165

166 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The UVR monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls between 70% and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Connection Diagram Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 UV Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz BRN UVR Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Supply Voltage U e [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 166

167 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Approximate Dimensions 600 A, L-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (5.5) 43.7 (1.7) Ø5.5 (Ø 0.2) 160 A, H-Frame (8.4) (10.1) 250 A, J-Frame (5.4) 85.3 (3.4) 43.7 (1.7) 43.7 (1.7) Front 85.3 (3.4) (5.4) 600 A, L-Frame Right Side Left Side 800 A, M-Frame 34.1 (1.3) 24.6 (1.0) 34.1 (1.3) 24.6 (1.0) 1250 A, N-Frame Top Bottom 800 A, M-Frame 167

168 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. F min Right Side Ø 35.0 (1.4) Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) A B D 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) Front of Panel Cover Rotary handle E Rotary handle C Breaker handle Front 25.0 (1.0) Breaker handle 50.0 (2.0) Left Side F min 168

169 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 1200 A, N-Frame UL 489 Recognized CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE 160 A, H-Frame Magnetic Trip and Motor Ratings Rated Operational Current (I e ) [A] Magnetic Trip Current [A] Cam Setting 3-Phase Hp Ratings Max. kw, 3-Phase AC-3 A B C D E F G H I 200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V Cat. No M-N8P-D M-N8P-E12 The Hp and kw ratings shown are for reference only. These ratings allow for a magnetic trip setting of at least up to 10X the motor FLA. However, the final selection of the MCP should be made based on motor full load current and the requirements of local electrical codes. The interrupt rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Please contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. UL Listed Application Ratings Motor Circuit Protectors Only Cat. No. Max. Fuse or C.B. per NEC UL 508 Manual Motor Controller UL 489 Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker (Magnetic Only) Group Motor Installation Motor Disconnect Motor Circuit Protector Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] Max. Short Circuit Current [ka] 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V N-Frame 140M-N8P-D M-N8P-E Separate overload protection is required. The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for further information. Watt Loss Rated Current I n [A] 80 % Rated Current I n [A] Rated Current I n [A] Electronic Trip Watt Loss [W] 3-Pole A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 169

170 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Mechanical Specifications 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 80 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 46 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 62 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Weight (approx.) Dimensions mm [in.] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 46.9 [kg] 21.3 Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height 406 (15.98) Width 210 (8.27) Depth 104 (4.09) Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware 3000 Imperial (in.) x 1.25 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-N-MHS M8 x 1.0 x 35 mm 140U-N-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head Lb-in 28 N m 3 170

171 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Electrical Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Electrical Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 1200 Frame Ratings [A] 800/1200 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker/MCP At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 85 At 60 C 81 At 70 C DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, Non-inductive Loads 1 Pole 250V 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour A 60 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 1200 A, N-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire Size Range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 76.2 (30) AWG #18 Wire Size Range mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/ A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 171

172 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Dimensions Torque Specification Terminals Specification Material A 35 (1.38) B 38 (1.5) C 12.7 (0.5) D Fastener (2) 12.7x1.75 (0.5x13.0) Lb-in N m Lugs Mechanical Lugs Std/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-N-TLA3 140U-N-TLA2 140U-N-TLC2 140U-N-TLA4 140U-N-TLC3 140U-N-TLC4 Material Aluminum Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) Bolt 19 mm (0.748 in.) ft-lb N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Only Cu/Al Cu Only Cu Only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (3) (2) (2) (4) (3) (4) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG 3/0 400 MCM #1 500 MCM 2/0 500 MCM 4/0 500 MCM 3/0 500 MCM 3/0 400 MCM mm Terminal Type Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Wire Torque Lb-in N m

173 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch. It is mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. WH ST a YEL Average Circuit Breaker Contact Total Opening Time: approximately 30 ms, depending on voltage Endurance: 4000 electrical operations Maximum Operations per Minute: 6 Maximum Operating Voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 160 A, H-Frame Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency /60 Hz Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data 9 24 DC /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] 9 Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 140U-N-SNJ U-N-SND U-M-SNN U-N-SNB 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 173

174 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The UVR monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70% and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UVR Connection Diagram UVR Application and Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA Cat. No U-N-UJ UV BRN Motor Operator The circuit breaker and motor operators shown are in the OFF position. Neg(-) ForDC Transformer (when required) Pos(+) ForDC Supply Voltage R Whits Close Ind. Lamp (optional) (N.O.) Breaker auxiliary switch (optional) (N.C) PB ON UVR Connection Diagram Motor Operator Ratings & Conditions Lead ON Limit switch Red Lead Breaker auxiliary switch (optional) OFF Limit switch Blue Lead Cat. No. Power interlock limit switch Close Ind. Lamp (optional) (N.C) PBOFF Rating 140U-N-EOPD 1400-N-EOPA Voltage (V) 120 (110)V AC 240 (220)V AC Frequency (Hz) 50/60 50/60 Motor-in-Rush Current (A) (3p/4p) G d U-N-UD 140U-N-UA 140U-N-UB 174

175 A Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Ø 8.7 (0.3) Mounting Holes Ø 17.9 (0.7) C Bore (4.5) Deep from Top Ø 15.1 (0.6) C Bore 9.1 (0.4) Deep from Bottom 160 A, H-Frame (9.3) B A (5.2) (5.2) (5.5) (6.0) (7.1) (16.0) (14.8) C L Handle (4.1) ON/I OFF/O (8.3) Front Six Ø 3.7 (0.1) 12.7 (0.5) Deep to Accept a #8 Thread Cutting Screw (5.2) (5.2) (5.5) (6.0) (7.1) B 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame Right Side 39.7 (1.6) Left Side 99.2 (3.9) 1200 A, N-Frame Top Dimensions Circuit Breaker Status A B On Tripped Off Reset On Off Reset (7.90) (6.50) (5.70) (5.60) Weight Handle Forces at Centerline of Handle 130 lbs (58.97 kg) 105 lbs (47.63 kg) 160 lbs (72.57 kg) (8.30) (6.90) (6.10) (6.00) 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 175

176 Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors Rotary Operator Mechanism 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame C L (14.8) Door (16.1) (9.6) Ref (22.0) NOTE: This dimension is for reference only. Different types of enclosures and shaft lengths will change this dimension accordingly Ref (8.6) C Rotary L Handle FourØ Tap Rotary Handle C L Right Side 69.9 (2.8) Breaker Handle C L C L Breaker Handle Line Load Ø90.5 (3.6) Gasket Base Plate CL Pivot Link C L 22.4 (0.9) NFrame Front Removethetwoloadend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x88.9(3.5)screws. CL Four 0.3(7.9)-18x31.8(1.25) For Enclosure Mounting Setscrew Collar (holds shaft in place) Rotary No-Mech. Slider Removethetwolineend cover screws. Replace with two6.4(0.25)-20x3.5screws. Shaft Shaft Support 176

177 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Introduction to Motor Protection Circuit Breakers page 98 I-Frame page 179 J-Frame page 183 L-Frame page 192 Time-Current Curves page A, M-Frame 160 A, H-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 177

178 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Introduction to Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 160 A, H-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame I-Frame J-Frame L-Frame Max. Current I e 205 A 250 A 630 A Current Rating A A A Short Circuit Protection Standard Magnetic Trip High Magnetic Trip Magnetic Only Trip (MCP) Overload Protection Trip Class Standards Compliance: CSA 22.2, No. 14 CSA 22.2, No. 5 UL 508 (Group Install.) UL 508 Manual, Self Protected (Type E) UL 508 (Overload Protection) UL 489 IEC , -2 IEC CE ATEX CCC Accessories Ext. Rotary Operator Flex Cable Operator Auxiliary Contacts Trip Indication Contacts 178

179 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame Short Circuit Protection: Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at x I e ) Overload Protection: Trip Class (Adjustable) UR Interrupting Ratings 205 A, I-Frame Rated Max. Current I e (A) Watt Loss Adjustment Range (A) Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) n27 I cu /I cs [A] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] Min. Max V V 690V 240V 480V 600V Cat. No M-I8E The 50 Hz interrupting ratings apply to the 140M-I8E-xxxE IEC Rated version of the I-Frame MPCB. The 60 Hz ratings apply to the UL version of the I-Frame MPCB. There are four cat. nos. with adjustment ranges 40-80, , , and Rated Current Watt Loss [W] I-Frame MPCB A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 179

180 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 205 A, I-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 205 Frame Ratings [A] 205 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 690 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 UL508 IEC IEC Standards Compliance E version E version Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 96 At 55 C 93 At 60 C 91 At 70 C 86 1 Pole DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8ms, Non-Inductive Loads 115V & 250V 2 Poles in Series 440V 3 Poles in Series 660V Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss At Maximum Rated Current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load A 300 Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 50 Molded Case Switch [W] Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 205 A, I-Frame with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG Wire Size Range mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 45 (18) AWG #18 Wire Size Range mm Lb-in Tightening Torque N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 10 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 (240V) 400V [A] 480V [A] 690V [A] Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 5 125V [A] V [A] 0.25 Back-up Protection (Max. Rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 180

181 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Mechanical Specifications Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 205 A, I-Frame Mechanical Specifications 205 A, I-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 4.5 [kg] A, I-Frame 24V [VA] V [VA] Pole [lb.] [kg] V [VA] 1.8 Dimensions in Inches (mm) V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 24V [W] 48 60V [W] 1-Pole 2-Pole Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (6) 250 A, J-Frame V [W] 3-Pole Width (4.13) V [W] Depth 85.7 (3.38) Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Height Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] 48 60V [VA] V [VA] Pole Endurance Width Depth Operating Cycles A, L-Frame V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] A, N-Frame Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Lugs Specification Box Lugs AWG #14 10 #8 #6 4 #3 4/0 Wire Range mm Terminal Type Slotted Lb-in Wire Torque N m A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 181

182 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Approximate Dimensions 205 A, I-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes (85.7) Right Side 4.13 (104.8) Front Top 6.00 (152.4) 4.12 (104.7) 3.38 (85.7) Left Side 182

183 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 250 A, J-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE Interrupting Ratings Rated Max. Frame Current I e [A] 250 Watt Loss Adjustment Range [A] Magnetic Trip Currnet [A] Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I n27 I cu /I cs [ka] Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] Min. Max V V 690V 240V 480V 600V Rated Current [A] Cat. No M-J2E* M-J8E* Watt Loss [W] J-Frame MPCB A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 183

184 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 250 Frame Ratings [A] 250 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 94 At 55 C 90 At 60 C 87 At 70 C 80 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 96 At 60 C 88 At 70 C 82 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8 ms, Non-inductive Loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At maximum rated current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 40 Molded Case Switch [W] 30 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Wire Size Range Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG mm 2 with Supplied Leads Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) Wire Size Range Tightening Torque AWG #18 mm Lb-in N m Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (max rating) Fuses [A] 6 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6 184

185 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 250 A, J-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 11.4 [kg] 5.2 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in Inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (7) Width 105 (4.13) Depth 103 (4.05) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. M4 x 0.7 x 90 mm 140U-J-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head lb-in 10 N m A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 205 A, I-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 185

186 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Dim. Torque Specification Terminals Specification Material Fastener Box Lugs A (0.75) B (0.63) C 7.94 (0.31) D 8.0 (0.31) Hex lb-in 180/250 N m 20/28 Lugs Mechanical Lugs Multitap End Cap Standard/Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-J-TLS1 140U-J-TLA1 140U-J-MTL3A 140U-J-MTL6A 140U-J-ECM Material Steel Alumium Aluminum Aluminum Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Phillips Head Phillips Head 1/4 20 screw 1/4 20 screw lb-in lb-in. 50 lb-in. N m N m 5.6 N m Cable Type Cu Only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (3) (6) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in (A) (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) mm (A) 9 13 (B) (C) (A) 9 13 (B) (C) AWG MCM MCM Molded Housing #14 #2 #14 #6 mm Terminal Type Allen Allen Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) Allen mm (0.094 in.) Wire Torque Allen - 4 mm (0.156 in.) lb-in N m

187 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch mounted so that when the solenoid is energized. The trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST a WH Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating 205 A, I-Frame Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Shunt Trip Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 12 Frequency /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Min. Operating Voltage [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ U-H-SND U-H-SNB 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 187

188 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The UVR monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV UVR Connection Diagram BRN UVR Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 188

189 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Pre-Trip Auxilliary Alarm Contact The 140U-J-EA1RX Pre-trip Auxilliary Contact operates as a traditional overload relay contact. Using the pre-trip auxilliary contact in a motor control circuit, the pre-trip auxilliary contact opens the motor control circuit which eliminates the need to reset the circuit breaker upon motor overload. If the overload current exceeds 14x, the setting of the device, the circuit breaker short-circuit mechanism takes over and trips the circuit breaker. When Relay is not Energized Between Red & Blue Leads: Between Black & Blue Leads Continuity NO NC When Relay is Energized Between Red & Blue Leads Between Black & Blue Leads Continuity Closes Opens 205 A, I-Frame Application Information Wiring Diagram L1 Maximum Switching Voltage Rated Switching Current Maximum Switching Capacity UL/CSA(ANSI) Momentary STOP 250V AC 8 250V AC 200V A 125V DC 5 30V DC Opens Momentary START M. Contact Auxilliary 140M CB Aux. Contact L2 (N) Coil IEC L1 L2 (N) Q1 F1 S2 F2 S1 K1 Coil K1 S1 = Momentary OFF Button S2=MomentaryONButton K1 = Latching Contact F1,F2=Fuses Q1 = 140M Circuit Breaker, Auxilliary Contact 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 189

190 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Approximate Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 3-Pole Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 87.4 (3.4) Right Side (7.0) C L Handle C L Breaker 77.7 (3.1) (4.1) Front (4.0) 31.8 (1.3) Front Cover Cutout 52.1 (2.1) (4.0) C L Handle 27.0 (1.1) (7.0) 87.4 (3.4) Left Side 190

191 Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Ø 35.0 (1.4) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 205 A, I-Frame Two Ø 5.5 (0.2) 25.0 (1.0) 50.0 (2.0) 250 A, J-Frame Front of Panel Cover (4.1) 600 A, L-Frame Reset 39.8 (1.6) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Right Side Front (Door Open) (5.5) (7.0) (5.5) (6.7) 7.95 (0.3) Left Side 39.8 (1.6) 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 191

192 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 600 A, L-Frame 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame UL 489 CSA 22.2, No. 5 IEC CE KEMA CCC Interrupting Ratings Rated Max. Frame Current I e (A) 600 Watt Loss Adjustment Range (A) Magnetic Trip Current (A) Breaking Capacity (50 Hz) I cu /I cs (ka) Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [ka] V V 690V 240V 480V 600V Cat. No M-L2E* M-l8E* Rated Current [A] Watt Loss [W] L-Frame MPCB

193 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Electrical Specifications Electrical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Max Rated Current I n [A] 600 Frame Ratings [A] 600 No. of Poles 3 Rated Insulation Voltage (U) According to IEC Main Poles [V] 750 Auxiliary Circuit [V] 690 Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage (U imp ) Main Conductors [kv] 8 Auxiliary Circuits [kv] 4 Rated Operational Voltage (U e ) - AC IEC (50 Hz) [V] 690 UL/NEMA (60 Hz) [V] 600 UL 489 CSA 22.2 No. 5 IEC CCC KEMA Standards Compliance Ambient Operating Temperature Range F ( C) Permissible Ambient Temperature, Low Setting/High Setting Derating Factor (%) Molded Case Circuit Breaker At 40 C 100 At 50 C 91 At 55 C 86 At 60 C 82 At 70 C 70 Isolation Switch At 40 C 100 At 50 C 100 At 55 C 95 At 60 C 90 At 70 C 84 DC - Rated Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (ka) Time Constant < 8 ms, Non-inductive Loads 1 Pole 250V 10 2 Poles in Series 440V 20 3 Poles in Series 660V 20 Utlization Category Maximum Switching Frequency Ops/ hour Power Loss A 240 At Maximum Rated Current (I n ), 3-Phase Symmetrical Load Molded Case Circuit Breaker [W] 52 Molded Case Switch [W] 52 Auxiliary Circuit Specifications Wire size range Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Internal Control Module Terminations with Terminal Connections - Cable Size AWG with Supplied Leads mm 2 Lead Length cm (in.) 122 (48) Wire Size Range AWG #18 mm Auxiliary & Alarm Contacts Rated Thermal Current - I th [A] 6 Rated Making Capacities [A] 20 Rated Operational Current (AC15) 230V [A] 6 400V [A] 3 480V [A] 2 690V [A] 0.25 Rated Operational Current (DC13) 24V [A] 6 125V [A] V [A] 0.15 Back-up Protection (Max. Rating) Fuses [A] 6/4/4 Miniature Circuit Breakers [A] 6/ A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 205 A, I-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 193

194 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Auxiliary Circuit Specifications, Continued Auxiliary Circuit Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Undervoltage Releases Response Voltage Drop-out (CB trip) [U s ] 35 70% Pick-up (CB switch on) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 12V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Shunt Trips Response Voltage Pick-up (CB Trip) [U s ] % Power Consumption AC (50/60 Hz) 24V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] V [VA] DC 12V [W] 79 24V [W] V [W] V [W] V [W] Max. Operating Time [ms] 50 Mechanical Specifications 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole 4-Pole Endurance Mechanical Specifications 600 A, L-Frame Weight (approx.) [lb.] [kg] [lb.] [kg] [lb.] 13.4 [kg] 6.1 [lb.] [kg] Dimensions in inches (mm) Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Height (10.16) Width (5.51) Depth (4.09) Height Width Depth Operating Cycles Mounting Hardware Imperial (in.) x 3.9 Cat. No. Metric Cat. No. 140U-L-MHS M5 x 0.8 x 100 mm 140U-L-MHM Quantity 4 Style Tightening Torque Pan Head lb-in. 25 N m 3 194

195 Terminal & Lugs Specifications Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Dim. Specification Material Terminals A 25.4 (1.0) B (0.94) C 12.7 (0.5) 205 A, I-Frame D 13.0 (0.52) Fastener Slotted Specification Box Lugs Mechanical Lugs Standard/Optional Lugs Cat. No. 140U-L-TL6A1 140U-L-TL6C1 140U-L-TL6A2 140U-L-TL6C2 140U-L-TL4A1 140U-L-TL4C1 Material Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Aluminum Copper Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) lb-in N m Cable Type Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu only Cable Temperature Rating 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C 60/75 C Cable Quantity (1) (1) (2) (2) (1) (1) Wire Strip Length Wire Range in mm AWG mm Terminal Type Wire Torque Specification Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) Hex 8 mm (0.315 in.) lb-in N m Lugs Multitap End Cap Standard/Optional Optional Optional Optional Cat. No. 140U-L-ECM Material Molded Housing Terminal Fastener Hardware Terminal Fastener Torque lb-in. N m Cable Type Cable Temperature Rating Wire Strip Length Wire Range Wire Torque Cable Quantity (3) (6) in. (C) (A) (B) (C) mm (B) (C) (A) (B) (C) AWG #12 2/0 mm Terminal Type Allen - 8 mm (0.315 in.) lb-in. 275 N m A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 195

196 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Shunt Trips General Information The shunt trip allows a circuit breaker to be tripped remotely by applying a voltage to the wire leads. The unit consists of an intermittent solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch mounted so that when the solenoid is energized, the trip lever presses against the trip bar and trips the circuit breaker. As the breaker trips, the molded crossbar moves away from the cutoff switch, disconnecting power to the solenoid and preventing coil burnout. YEL ST Shunt Trip Connection Diagram Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] Frequency a Supply Voltage U e [V] WH Shunt Trip Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data /60 Hz DC /60 Hz DC /60 Hz Min. Operating Voltage [V] Maximum operations per minute: 5 Maximum operating voltage: 110% of maximum voltage range rating Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) I s [A] I 0.25 s [A] I s [A] 50/60 Hz DC VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand voltage, U i [V] Cat. No U-H-SNZQ U-H-SNJ 140U-H-SND U-H-SNB 196

197 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Undervoltage Release (UVR) General Information The UVR monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage at the wire leads falls to between 70 and 35% of the solenoid coil rating. The UVR consists of a continuous-rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever. The UVR is reset when normal voltage is restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (OFF) position. ORG UV BRN 205 A, I-Frame UVR Connection Diagram UVR Application & Electrical Operating Rating Data Application Ratings Rated Voltage U e [V] 24 Frequency /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz /60 Hz Supply Voltage U e [V] Electrical Operating Ratings (Nominal Values) Dropout Voltage [V] Min. Max. Pickup Voltage, Max. [V] VA One-Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage, U i [V] Cat. No. 50/60 Hz U-H-UJ DC U-H-UZJ U-H-UD U-H-UA U-H-UB U-H-UC 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 197

198 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions 600 A, L-Frame Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame (5.4) 85.3 (3.4) Right Side Top 34.1 (1.3) 43.7 (1.7) (5.5) 24.6 (1.0) 43.7 (1.7) 43.7 (1.7) Front Ø5.5 (Ø 0.2) (8.4) (10.1) 34.1 (1.3) Bottom 85.3 (3.4) (5.4) Left Side 24.6 (1.0) 198

199 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Variable Depth Operating Mechanism Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 57.9 (2.3) 81.0 (3.2) (7.8) Right Side (7.2) (6.5) (8.2) 43.7 (1.7) For 3-Pole Breaker Mounting: Drill and tap four M5X0.8 holes into the mounting plate. For 4-Pole Breaker Mounting: Drillandtapsixholes (8.4) (10.1) 74.9 (2.9) 37.6 (1.5) (6.5) (8.2) 37.3 (1.5) (7.8) Left Side 74.9 (2.9) 54.8 (2.2) 57.9 (2.3) 59.8 (2.3) 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame (5.5) Ø65.0 (2.6) Breaker Mounting Holes 1250 A, N-Frame Front (Door Open) 800 A, M-Frame Front of Panel Cover 199

200 Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 205 A, I-Frame 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 200

201 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Discrimination Short-circuit level to which discrimination is achieved Time-Current Curves List of Trip Curves by Frame Size G-Frame (MCCB) page page 205 H-Frame (MCCB, MCP) page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 246 I-Frame (MPCB) page 227 J-Frame (MCCB, MCP, MPCB) page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 246 K-Frame (MCCB) page page page page page page page page page page page page page 246 L-Frame (MCCB, MCP, MPCB) page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page 247 M-Frame (MCCB) page page page page page 252 N-Frame (MCCB, MCP) page page page page 256 R-Frame (MCCB) page page page page page 259 page 202 page A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A 201

202 Bulletin 140U, 140UE Molded Case Circuit Breakers Discrimination Short-circuit level to which discrimination is achieved. Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Downstream Breaker Rating (A) Bulletin 140UE H-Frame MCCB 18 ka & 25 ka versions Bulletin 140UE H-Frame MCCB 45 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE J-Frame MCCB 45 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE L-Frame MCCB 50 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE N-Frame MCCB 50 ka & 70 ka versions Upstream (max. settings) "T" represents max. discrimination to ka rating level of the downstream device. Bulletin 140UE H-Frame Bulletin 140UE J-Frame ka ka 32 18, 25, 40, or 70 ka version 45 or 70 ka version 0.4 ka 0.4 ka 0.1 ka ka 0.5 ka 0.5 ka 0.8 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka ka ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 80 1 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka T 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka ka 3 ka ka ka ka ka 0.4 ka 0.1 ka ka 0.5 ka 0.5 ka 0.8 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka 0.63 ka ka ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 0.8 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 1 ka 80 1 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka 1.3 ka ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 10 ka 3 ka 3 ka ka 50 1 ka ka ka ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 1.6 ka 2 ka 2 ka 2 ka 2 ka 2 ka 2.5 ka 2.5 ka 2.5 ka 2.5 ka 2.5 ka 2.5 ka 202

203 Bulletin 140U, 140UE Molded Case Circuit Breakers Discrimination, Continued Downstream Upstream (max. settings) "T" represents max. discrimination to ka rating level of the downstream device. Breaker Rating (A) Bulletin 140UE H-Frame MCCB 18 ka & 25 ka versions Bulletin 140UE H-Frame MCCB 45 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE J-Frame MCCB 45 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE L-Frame MCCB 50 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE N-Frame MCCB 50 ka & 70 ka versions Bulletin 140UE L-Frame Bulletin 140UE N-Frame or 70 ka versions 50, 70, or 100 ka versions 16 T T T T T T T T 20 T T T T T T T T 32 T T T T T T T T 40 T T T T T T T T 50 T T T T T T T T 63 T T T T T T T T 80 T T T T T T T T 100 T T T T T T T T 125 T T T T T T T T 160 T T T T T T T T ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 26 ka 26 ka 26 ka 26 ka 65 ka 65 ka 65 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 40 ka 40 ka ka 22 ka 22 ka A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A 800 A, M-Frame 203

204 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective March 2004 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-G Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers Time in Seconds 1Minute 1Hour 2 Hours Current in Percent of Breaker Trip Unit Rating Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves For application and coordination purposes only. Based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (60/75 C) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles except for instantaneous trip, see below. Maximum Volts Breaker AcVolts Type 60Hz 140U-G 480 Breaker Rating InstantaneousTrip, Amperes Continuous Amperes SinglePole 2PolesinSeries Interrupting Rating (UL Listed) Breaker SymmetricalRMSAmperes Type 240Volts 480Volts 140U-G 65,000 22,000 Maximum Minimum Instantaneous Trip(See Tabulation Above) Maximum Interrupting Time Interrupting Rating(See Tabulation Above) Current in Percent of Breaker Trip Unit Rating Hours 1 Hour 1 Minute Time in Seconds 204

205 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective March 2004 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-H Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1 HOUR 1 minute TIME IN SECONDS Current in Multiple of I n Min. Trip Time (a) Max. Trip Time (b) Thermal/Magnetic Trip Rated Operating Voltage: Number of Poles: 3, 4 Ambient 40 C Interrupting Ratings - 50/60 Hz RMS Symmetrical Ampres (ka), Icu Two Series Poles Inst. Magnatic Trip Shown. Individual Poles Inst. Magnetic Trip +30%. DC Inst. Magnetic Trip +30% Higher Than AC. Notes: (a) (b) (c) (d) Fixed Inverse-Time Overcurrent Release. Fixed Electromagnetic Release. Total Operation Time. 600Y / 347V AC 480V AC 415V AC Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve HOUR TIME IN SECONDS 1 minute 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A (c) (d) A, N-Frame Current in Multiple of I n A, M-Frame 205

206 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin 140U H, J, L-Frames Peak Let Through for 65 ka Current Limiting Frame Peak Let-Through Current, ka 100 ka 50 ka 10 ka 5 ka 1 ka 1 ka avail. Ip for 1st symm. 1/2 cycle *All values are typical 5 ka 10 ka 240V 50 ka 100 ka Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 14OU-L6* 14OU-J6* 14OU-H6* 500 ka 1000 ka 206

207 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor65kACurrentLimitingFrame 240V 10,000,000 Appendix A 5,000,000 14OU-L0* 250 A, J-Frame PeakLet-ThroughI 2 t,a 2 sec 1,000, , ,000 14OU-J0* 14OU-H0* 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 10, A, N-Frame 1kA *All values are typical 100kA 50kA 10kA 5kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 500kA 1000 ka 800 A, M-Frame 207

208 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakletthroughfor65kAcurrentlimitingFrame Peak Let-Through Current, ka 50kA 10kA 5kA 1kA 1kA avail.ipfor1st symm. 1/2 cycle *All values are typical 5kA 10kA 480V 50kA 140U-L6* 140U-J6* 140U-H6* 100kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 500kA 1000 ka 208

209 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor65kAcurrentlimitingFrame 480V Appendix A 10,000,000 5,000, U-L6* 250 A, J-Frame PeakLet-ThroughI 2 t,a 2 sec 1,000, , U-J6* 140U-H6* 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 100,000 1kA *All values are typical 5kA 100kA 50kA 10kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 500kA 800 A, M-Frame 1000 ka 209

210 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakletthroughfor65kAcurrentlimitingFrame Peak Let-Through Current, ka 100kA 50kA 10kA 5kA 1kA 1kA avail.ipfor1st symm. 1/2 cycle 5kA *All values are typic al 600V 10kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 140U-J6* 140U-H6* 140U-L6* 50kA 100kA 210

211 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor65kACurrentLimitingFrame 600V Appendix A 10,000,000 5,000, U-L6* 250 A, J-Frame PeakLet-ThroughI 2 t,a 2 sec 1,000, , U-J6* 140U-H6* 600 A, L-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 100,000 1kA *All values are typical 5kA 10kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 50kA 800 A, M-Frame 100kA 211

212 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (4), Effective September 2008 Bulletin 140U H, J, L-Frames Peak Let-Through for 100 ka Current Limiting Frame Peak Let-Through Current, ka 100kA 50kA 10kA 5kA 1kA 1kA avail.ipfor1st symm. 1/2 cycle *All values are typical 5kA 10kA 240V 50kA 100kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 140U-K0* 140U-L0* 140U-J0* 140U-H0* 500kA 1000 ka 212

213 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (4), Effective September 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor100kACurrentLimitingFrame 240V Appendix A 10,000,000 5,000, U-L0* 140K-L0* 250 A, J-Frame PeakLet-ThroughI 2 t,a 2 sec 1,000, , , U-J0* 140U-H0* 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 10,000 1kA *All values are typical 100kA 50kA 10kA 5kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 500kA 800 A, M-Frame 1000 ka 213

214 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Bulletin 140U/UE- H-, J-, L-Frames Current Limiting Characteristics(Ip) V AC, 50/60 Hz CUT-OFF CURRENT ID 200 ka J H 0.3 cos = ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms 0.2 L 214

215 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Bulletin140U/UEH-,J-,L-FramesMax.I 2 tvalues VAC,50/60Hz 100 Appendix A A, J-Frame I 2 tvaluex L J H 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame A, N-Frame ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms 800 A, M-Frame 215

216 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Bulletin 140U/UE- E-, J-, L-Frames Current Limiting Characteristics(Ip) V AC, 50/60 Hz CUT-OFF CURRENT I D 200 ka cos =0.25 J H ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms L

217 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Bulletin140U/UEH-,J-,L-FramesMax.I 2 tvalues660/695vac,50/60hz 100 A 2 s 80 Appendix A A, J-Frame I2 t VALUE X L J H 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame A, N-Frame ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms 800 A, M-Frame 217

218 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Bulletin140U/UEN-andR-FramesCurrentLimitingCharacteristicsI p VAC,50/60Hz CUT-OFF CURRENT I D 200 ka R N cos = ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms 218

219 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective April 2004 Bulletin 140U/UE N- and R-Frames Max. I 2 t Values /415V AC, 50/60 Hz ➀ ; V AC, 50/60 Hz ➁ 100 A 2 s 80 Appendix A 60 R ➀ N ➀ A, J-Frame I 2 t VALUE x R ➁ 600 A, L-Frame N ➁ 1200 A, N-Frame 2 Notes: ➀ /415V AC, 50/60 Hz ➁ V AC, 50/60 Hz 1250 A, N-Frame ka 100 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT I Srms 800 A, M-Frame 219

220 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective September 1999 Cat. No. 140M- H8R-D H8P-D H8P-C H8P-C H8P-C H8P-C H8P-B H8P-B Motor Circuit Protector Time/Current Curves Bulletin 140M-H 3-Poles Instantaneous Trip Setting Amps A B C D A Maximum Voltage Maximum Current 600Y/347VAC(50/60Hz) A 250V DC Amp Ratings E F Instantaneous Pick-Up Setting[A] A- B- C- D- E- F- NOTE: Motor Circuit Protectors are for use only in combination motor controllors. For DC applications, pick-up settings are approximately 40% higher. Tolerance:-20%, +30% of setting. When using the trip setting adjustment mechanism, adjust only in direction shown by arrow ,000 2hours hour Minute 50 Time in Seconds Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140M-H Motor Circuit Protector M-H8P-B30 140M-H8P-C50 140M-H8P-C M-H8P-B70 140M-H8P-C15 140M-H8P-C30 140M-H8P-D10 140M-H8R-D Current in Amperes Maximum Interrupting Time Current in Amperes ,000 2hours hour Minute Time in Seconds 220

221 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective March 2004 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-J Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE ,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum Maximum Current in Multiple of I n Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves Allen-Bradley A Circuit Breakers Fixed - Adjustable Thermal / Fixed - Adjustable Magnetic Trip Rated Operating Voltage: 415 VAC Poles: 3 and 4 Rated Amperes: A Ambient Temperature: 40 C Instantaneous trip for two phases in series reflected. For individual phase instantaneous trip, trip values may be as much as 25% higher. 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame TIME IN SECONDS x 10x TIME IN SECONDS 1200 A, N-Frame Maximum Interrupting Time A, N-Frame Current in Multiple of I n Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve A, M-Frame 221

222 MINUT E Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective September 2003 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-J Electronic LS Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1 S HOUR 2 R T IME IN S E C ONDS HOU Minimum Total Clearing Time I 2 T Short Delay (See Note 8) 2 Current in Multiples of (l r ) 3 Maximum Total Clearing Time 67ms 4 Available Long DelayTime: 2,4,7,10,12,15,20,24 sec. 6x I r 2,4,7,15,24 seconds +0/-30% See Note 9 14 Available Short Delay Pick UpSettings 2-8,10, 14x I r 5% (See Note 7) Long Delay Response & Short Delay with I 2 T Response Curve Notes: Available Sensors ( I n ): Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curve Long Delay (LD) & Short Delay (SD) with 50A 100A 160A 250A I 2 T Response (LS) 1. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +88 C cause anover temperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz. 3. There is a memory effect that can act toshorten the Long Delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse tothe amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset memory. 4. The right portion of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 5. The left portion ofthe curve is shown as a multiple of the Long Delay Setting (Long Delay Pick Up = 115% of Ir). Range is 110%-120%. 6. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the breaker opening, and the interruption of the current. 7. The Short Delay Pick Uphas 9 settings/positions: 2-8 & 10, Short Delay I 2 T band has a tolerance of ±15%. 9. Breakpoint back toflat response 8xl 1 for upper line of the I / Tcurve. 10. For high fault current levels an additional fixed instantaneous hardware override isprovided at 14 x ( In ). 11. For LD Response & SD with Flat Response curve, see: For LDResponse & SD with I 2 T Response (this curve): 13. For Ground Fault Delay Response curve, see: Instantaneous Override (See Note 10) Application Determines End ofcurve Current in Multiples of (l r ) Current in Multiples of (l n) I 2 T Trip Style Ir In 50 A 100 A A A 20A 40A 63A 100A B 20A 45A 80A 125A C 25A 50A 90A 150A D 30A 63A 100A 160A E 32A 70A 110A 175A F 40A 80A 125A 200A G 45A 90A 150A 225A H 50A 100A 160A 250A 14x S E C ONDS IN T IME 222

223 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective September 2003 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-J Electronic LSI Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 1MINUTE 1HOUR 2HOURS Minimum Total Clearing Time CurrentinMultiplesof(l r) Maximum Total Clearing Time 4 Available Long DelayTime: 2,4,7,10,12,15,20,24 sec. 6x I r 2,4,7,15,24 seconds +0/-30% Long Delay Response& Short Delay with Flat Response Curve Notes: Available Short Delay PickUpSettings 2-8,10, 14x I r 5% (See Note 7) Available Sensors( ln): Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves Long Delay (LD) & Short Delay (SD) with Flat Response(LSI) 50A 100A 160A 250A 1. Curve accuracy applies from -2 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +88 C cause an overtemperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult RockwellAutomation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz. 3. Thereis a memoryeffect that can acttoshorten the Long Delay. The memoryeffect comes into play if a current above the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inversetothe amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset memory. 4. The right portion of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 5. The left portionofthe curve is shownas a multiple of the Long Delay Setting. (Long Delay PickUp = 115% ofl r). Rangeis110% - 120%. 6. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the breaker opening, and the interruption of the current. 7. The Short Delay PickUphas 9 settings/positions, 2-8 & 10, For high fault current levels an additional fixed instantaneous hardware override isprovided at 14x( In). 9. ForLDResponse& SDwithFlat Response(thiscurve): ForLDResponse&SDwithl 2 TResponsecurve,see: ForGroundFaultDelayResponsecurve, see: ms (P,Q,R) 120ms (M,N,O) Inst. (J,K,L) Ir In 50A 100A 160A 250A A 20A 40A 63A 100A B 20A 45A 80A 125A C 25A 50A 90A 150A D 30A 63A 100A 160A E 32A 70A 110A 175A F 40A 80A 125A 200A G 45A 90A 150A 225A H 50A 100A 160A 250A Instantaneous Override (See Note 8) Application Determines EndofCurve SECONDS IN TIME 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A x CurrentinMultiplesof(l r) CurrentinMultiplesof(l n) Adjustable Flat Trip Style 800 A, M-Frame 223

224 1 MINUTE Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective September 2003 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-J Electronic LSG & LSIG Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS Ground Fault Pickup Settings (Tolerance 10%) 0.4X 0.2X 0.6X 1X 0.3X 0.8X Ground Current in Multiple of (l n ) 300ms (L,O,R) 120ms (K,N,Q) Inst. (J,M,P) Notes: Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves Ground Fault Delay Response (LSG, LSIG) Switch Setting J K L M N O P Q R t SD Inst. Inst. Inst t GF Inst Inst Inst NOTE: Labels shown are for 250A style. 1. Curve accuracy applies from -22 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +88 C cause an over-temperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz. Cat. No. 140U-JTI3-D25 Cat. No. 140U-JTG3-D25 3. Trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit style# 70C1056G For LD Response & SD with Flat Response curve, see: For LDResponse & SD with I 2 T Response curve, see: For Ground Fault Delay Response (this curve):

225 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective September 2005 Earth Leakage Curves for Bulletin 140U/UE-J IEC-Rated Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers Circuit BreakerTime/Current Curves U/UE-J Circuit Breaker Earth Leakage Module, 3 and 4 Poles, V 50/60Hz. 2. For application and coordination purposes only.-20 C to 55 C ambient Appendix A Total clearing times include the response time of the Earth Leakage module, opening time of the circuit breaker, and interruption of current. 4. For additional curve tolerances, contact Rockwell Automation A, J-Frame TIME IN SECONDS Available I n settings 1S 500ms 300ms 150ms 60ms TIME IN SECONDS 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame Inst A, N-Frame I n (Amperes) A, M-Frame 225

226 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective September 2005 Earth Leakage Curves for Bulletin 140U/UE-J UL-Rated Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS Ig(A) 1 Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves U/UE-J Circuit Breaker Earth Leakage Module, 3and4Poles, V 50/60Hz. 2. For application and coordination purposes only. -20 Cto55 Cambient Total clearing times include the response time of the Earth Leakage module, opening time of the circuit breaker, and interruption of current. F 4. For additional curve tolerances, contact Rockwell Automation AvailableIg(A) Settings. 1S 500ms 300ms 150ms 60ms Inst TIME IN SECONDS 226

227 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140M-I Motor Protecton Circuit Breaker Cold Trip Variation 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Current in Amperes[A] M I-Frame Electronic Cold Trip Motor Protection Time Current Curve NOTE: 1 ColdTrip Testing: Wait ten minutes after the trip, then apply new test current. 2 Curveaccuracyappliesfrom-20 Cto+55 Cambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor. Application frequency is60hz. 3 Availableframes[A]: 205,160,100,AND80. Motor Protection Circuit Breaker 140M-I8 140M-I8 InterruptingRatings MPCB RMSSym. ka IEC U e I CU ka I CS ka ~ U imp 8kV CategoryA =50/60Hz ~ ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame TIME IN SECONDS 1MINUTE LEGEND 2.0 Class 30 Class 20 Class 15 Class 10 Class Motor Protection Phase Unbalance Protection Current in Amperes[A] B <FLA(I e )> C A IEC E D TerminalInformation SocketHead Hex Size 3/16in mm (13.6) Torque lb-in. (N m) SlottedHead Wire AWG / (mm 2 ) (2.5-6) (10) (16-25) (35-95) International Single Switch Variation Motor Protection Circuit Breaker 140M-I8 Cat. No.: 140M-I8E-D16 A I n : 160A Poles: 3 I e : A TripClass: Selectable TripAmps: 120% FLA I m : 15xI e Motor Protection Phase Unbalance Protection UL508 CSA22.2No.14 A=100 B=115 C=130 D=145 E=160 B <FLA(I e )> C A E D Torque lb.-in(n m) 35(4.0) 40(4.5) 45(5.1) 50(5.6) 68C2915H32 MadeinU.S.A. 140M-I8 InterruptingRatings MPCB RMSSym. ka UL489 CSA22.2No. 5 Volt ka 240VAC VAC VAC 25 VAC=50/60Hz TerminalInformation SocketHead Hex Size Torque lb-in. (N m) 3/16in mm (13.6) SlottedHead Wire AWG / (mm 2 ) (2.5-6) (10) (16-25) (35-95) Overload TripClass Domestic Dual Switch Variation Torque lb.-in(n m) 35(4.0) 40(4.5) 45(5.1) 50(5.6) 68C2915H32 MadeinU.S.A MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 800 A, M-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 227

228 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (2), Effective June 2008 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140M-J Motor Protector Cold Trip Variation TIME IN SECONDS 1 MINUTE 1, C10 2 C I e 3 C20 3 6x is Max. Capacity for Class 30 (see NOTE 3) C I n NOTE: 1. Cold Trip Testing: A 10 minute cool-down period is required before the application of the target current. 2. To perform a hot trip: The circuit breaker must run at least 5 minutes at 1.05 per unit before the target current is applied. Hot trip is 50% of cold trip. EXAMPLE Class 10 at 6x is 10 seconds. Hot trip would be 5 seconds. 3. The manufacturer suggests that currents not exceed 6X for a Class 30 operation. 4. For high fault current levels: An additional fixed override is provided. It is designated as 14I n. The instantaneous tolerance is ± 20%. 5. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating above +40 C ambinent, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. 6. Application frequency is 60 Hz. Current in Multiples of I e I n 30 Current in Multiples of I n Application Determines End of Curve MINUTE 228

229 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (4), Effective September 2008 Bulletin 140U H, J, L-Frames Peak Let-Through for 100 ka Current Limiting Frame 480V Appendix A 100kA 50kA 140U-K0* 140U-L0* 140U-J0* 250 A, J-Frame Peak Let-Through Current, ka 10kA 5kA 140U-H0* 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame avail.ipfor1st symm. 1/2 cycle 1250 A, N-Frame 1kA 1kA *All values are typical 5kA 10kA 50kA 100kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms 500kA 1000 ka 800 A, M-Frame 229

230 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (4), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor100kACurrentLimitingFrame PeakLet-Throughl 2 t,a 2 sec 480V 5,000,000 1,000, , , kA 50kA 10kA 5kA 1kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms *All values are typical 140U-L0* 140U-K0* 140U-J0* 140U-H0* 500kA 1000 ka 230

231 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K3/K6 Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 1 MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (In) X ( A) ( A) (100A) Maximum ±20% ±10% 10X Maximum Single Pole Trip Times at 25 C ➀ Typical Trip Unit Nameplate ,000 Adjustable Magnetic Trip 10 Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves For application and coordination purposes only. Based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (60 C up to 125 A. 75 C above 125 A) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles. Instantaneous calibration based on single-pole tests. Maximum Voltage 600V AC (60 Hz) 250 V DC Breaker Rating Rated Amperes (I n ) 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 Interrupting Rating (UL/CSA) Breaker RMS Sym Amperes Amperes 240 V 480 V 600 V 250 V DC 140U-K3 140U-K6 ➀ 7.5 Individual Pole Adjustments Single pole data at 25 C based on NEMA Procedures (AB ) for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers. 5 Magnetic Multiples Of I n 20,000 30,000 65, ,000 C Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 80,000 90, ,000 Instantaneous Trip Amperes 500 to 1000% of trip unit rating (See Figure Below) (Dc values are approximately 40% higher) 35,000 65, Amps (In) 25,000 35,000 Push to Trip 40 C 10,000 22,000 Cat. No ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A Maximum Interrupting Time Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve A, N-Frame ,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 80,000 90, ,000 CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n) A, M-Frame 231

232 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K0 Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1 MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS TIME IN SECONDS 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum ( A) ( A) (100A) Maximum ±20% ±10% X CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n ) X Maximum Single Pole Trip Times at 25 C ➀ Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Adjustable Magnetic Trip ,000 Individual Pole Adjustments Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves For application and coordination purposes only. Based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (60 C up to 125 A. 75 C above 125 amps) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles. Instantaneous calibration based on single-pole tests. Maximum Voltage 600V AC (60 Hz) 250 V DC Breaker Rating Rated Amperes (I n ) 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400 Instantaneous Trip Amperes Interrupting Rating (UL/CSA) Breaker RMS Sym Amperes Amperes 240 V 480 V 600 V 250 V DC , U-K0 200, to 1000% of trip unit rating (See Figure Below) (DC values are approximately 40% higher) ➀ Single pole test data at 25 C based on NEMA Procedures (AB ) for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers Magnetic Multiples Of I n 20,000 30,000 C Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit Maximum Interrupting Time 600 V., Ac 20,000 40, V., Ac 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 70,000 80,000 90, , ,000 50,000 22, V., Ac 50,000 60,000 Amps (In) Push to Trip 40 C Cat. No. Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve 70,000 80,000 90, ,000 CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n ) ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 232

233 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K Electronic LS, LSG Trip Units and Bulletin 140U-K3, -K6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ± 10%) Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Technical Data Covers, Bul. No. 140U-KTH3, -KTG3 Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-K3X3 and -K6X3, 400 A Max. Fixed Short Delay Time Cat. In Rating Plug Engaged Remove Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (In) Push to Trip Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type 140U-K3 140U-K6 Breaker Type 140U-K3 140U-K6 Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Short Delay Pickup x 3 Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Trip Unit 40 o C UL/CSA ➀ Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 4000 A. (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. ➃ For ground fault time/current curve see I r 7 TEST 240V 480V 600V IEC Catalog Number 140U-KRP3-D40 140U-KRP3-D35 140U-KRP3-D30 140U-KRP3-D25 140U-KRP3-D22 140U-KRP3-D20 Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pick up value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a down stream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➃ Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes V 380V 415V A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A SECONDS Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 1250 A, N-Frame CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) ,000 CURRENT IN AMPS 20,000 30,000 40,000 50, , A, M-Frame 233

234 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K Electronic LSI, LSIG Trip Units and Bulletin 140U-K3, -K6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1 HOUR 2 HOURS 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X ms 200 ms 100 ms CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) 10 Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) 20 I SECONDS Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Technical Data Covers, Cat. Nos. 140U-KTL3, -KTI3 Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-K3, -K6, 400A. max. Adjustable Short Delay Cat. In Engaged Remove 1000 Rating Plug Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n ) Push to Trip Short Delay Pickup x I r Time ms Trip Unit 40 o C ➀ Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 4000A. (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation INST Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker UL/CSA Type 240V 480V 600V 140U-K3 140U-K6 Breaker Type 140U-K3 140U-K TimeTypical Trip Unit Nameplate Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed IEC Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pick up value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a down stream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➃ For ground fault time/current curve see Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ 10,000 Catalog Number CURRENT IN AMPS 140U-KRP3-D40 140U-KRP3-D35 140U-KRP3-D30 140U-KRP3-D25 140U-KRP3-D22 140U-KRP3-D ,000 30,000 Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 40,000 50,000 ➃ TEST Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes V 380V 415V ,

235 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K Electronic LS, LSG Trip Units and 140U-K0 Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 1 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ± 10%) Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Technical Data Covers, Cat. No. 140U-KTH3, -KTG3 Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Type 140U-K0, 400A. max. Fixed Short Delay Time Cat. In Rating Plug Engaged Remove Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n) Push to Trip Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type 140U-K0 Breaker Type 140U-K0 Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Short Delay Pickup x 3 Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Trip Unit 40 o C UL/CSA 240V ➀ Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous amp derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 4000A. (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. ➃ For ground fault time/current curve see I r 7 Catalog Number 140U-KRP3-D40 140U-KRP3-D35 140U-KRP3-D30 140U-KRP3-D25 140U-KRP3-D22 140U-KRP3-D20 480V 100 Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pick up value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a down stream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➃ TEST Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes V IEC V 380V 415V A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A SECONDS Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ Maximum Interrupting Time 600 VAC 480 VAC 1250 A, N-Frame 240 VAC CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) ,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 CURRENT IN AMPS 100, ,000 Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 800 A, M-Frame 235

236 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K Electronic LSI, LSIG Trip Units and 140U-K0 Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) 300 ms 200 ms 100 ms CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) 20 I SECONDS Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) ➃ Technical Data Covers, Cat. Nos. 140U-KTL3, -KTI3 Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Cat. No 140U-K0, 400A. max. Adjustable Short Delay Time ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ Cat. In Engaged 2000 Rating Plug Remove 3000 Push to Trip Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n ) Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type 140U-K0 Breaker Type 140U-K Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Short Delay Pickup x I r Time ms Trip Unit 40 o C UL/CSA 200 Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pick up value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a down stream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 4000A. (Tolerance ±15%). The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ 10, INST For ground fault time/current curve see Maximum Interrupting Time 20, VAC 30,000 CURRENT IN AMPS 40, VAC 50,000 Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 240 VAC 100,000 TEST 240V 480V 600V IEC Catalog Number 140U-KRP3-D40 140U-KRP3-D35 140U-KRP3-D30 140U-KRP3-D25 140U-KRP3-D22 140U-KRP3-D V 380V 415V 200 Typical Trip Unit Nameplate 100 Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes ,

237 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-K Electronic Trip Units with Ground Fault Protection 1 MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, GROUND CURRENT-AMPERES 80 1 xi G Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Ground Current) ➀ Electronic Trip Units for use with Bulletin 140U-K3, -K6, and K0 Molded Case Circuit Breakers For use with Trip Unit Catalog Numbers 140U-KTG3-D40 140U-KTI3-D40 Cat. In Cat. In Rating Plug Engaged Remove Rating Plug Engaged Remove Push to Trip Push to Trip Short Delay Pickup x Trip Unit 40 o C Trip Unit 40 o C I r 7 Short Delay Pickup x I r Time ms INST 300 Ground Fault Pickup x I g Time ms 2 I g = 80A Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 3 xi G 4 xi G 150 INST Ground Fault 500 Pickup x I g Time ms 2 I g = 80A Notes Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB ➀ For phase time/current curves see , -633, -634, or INST 500 TEST TEST 5 TIME IN SECONDS xi G 5 xi G Ground Fault Pickup Settings (Tolerance ± 10% Except ± 20% on 1xI G Setting) 500 ms 300 ms 1200 A, N-Frame ms I 1250 A, N-Frame GROUND CURRENT-IN MULTIPLES OF l g = 80A 800 A, M-Frame 237

238 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing (1), Effective September 2001 TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Tolerance Adjustable Trip Setting A A B C D E F F TRIP CURRENT IN AMPERES Motor Circuit Protector Time/Current Curves Bulletin 140M J-Frame Motor Circuit Protector Maximum Voltage 600V AC, (50/60 Hz) 250V DC Cat. No. 3-Pole 140M-J8P-C70 140M-J8P-C90 140M-J8P-D10 140M-J8P-D12 140M-J8P-D15 140M-J8P-D17 140M-J8P-D20 140M-J8P-D22 140M-J8P-D25 Maximum Current 250 A Intantaneous Pick-Up Setting (Amperes) A B C D E F NOTE: Motor circuit protectors are for use only in combination controllers. For DC applications, pick-up settings are approximately 40% higher. Typical Trip Unit Nameplate H2 D I m C E B F A See table above for trip setting values. TRIP CURRENT IN AMPERES PER CHART Interrupting Rating 238

239 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (2), Effective June 2003 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U/UE-L Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS Minimum +/-20% 5x 10x Maximum Adjustable Magnetic Trip +/-10% For application and coordination purposes only. Thermal calibration based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (75 C) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles. Instantaneous calibration based on single-pole tests. Maximum Voltage 600 VAC (50/60 Hz) 250 VDC Breaker Rating Rated Amperes (In) 250, 300, 320, 350, 400, 500, 600 Interrupting Rating (UL/CSA) Breaker RMS Sym Amperes Amperes VDC 140U-L3 140U-L6 Maximum Interruption Time Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves Poles 3 and 4 Instantaneous Trip Amperes (see below) 500 to 1000% of trip unit rating (DC values are approximately 40% higher) Interrupting Rating (IEC ) Breaker RMS Sym ka, 50/60 Hz, AC ka, DC V(Ue) 140U-L3 140U-L6 Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics Icu Ics HOUR 1 MINUTE 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A A, N-Frame Interruption Rating determines end of curve Current in Multiples of Rating (I n ) A, M-Frame 239

240 TIME IN SECONDS TIME IN SECONDS Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective September 2005 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Earth Leakage Curves for Bulletin 140U/UE-L Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breakers I n (Amperes) 3 Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves U/UE-L Cir. Break. EarthLeak. Mod., 3 and 4 Poles, V 60Hz. 2. For application and coordination purposes only. -20 C 55 C ambient. 3. Total clearing times include the response time of the Earth Leakage module, opening time of the circuit breaker, and interruption of current. 4. For additional curve tolerances, contact Rockwell Automation. 10 Available I n Settings S 500ms 300ms 150ms 60ms Inst

241 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective March 2006 Long Delay Response & Short Delay with Flat Response Curve, Bulletin 140U/UE-L TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Minimum Total Clearing Time Available Short Delay Pick Up Settings 2-8,10 x I r 5% (See Note 7) Current in Multiples of (l r ) Maximum Total Clearing Time 4 Available Long DelayTime: 2,4,7,10,12,15,20,24 sec. 6x I r 2,4,7,15,24 seconds +0/-30% Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Bulletin 140U/UE L-Frame 3- and 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers Long Delay (LD) & Short Delay (SD) with Flat Response Notes: Available Sensors(ln): 250A 400A 600A 630A 1. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +85 C cause an overtemperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, refer to Rockwell Automation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz. 3. There is a memory effect that can act toshorten the Long Delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker totrip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse tothe amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes isrequired between overloads to completely reset memory. 4. The right portion of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 5. The left portion of the curve isshown as a multiple ofthe Long Delay Setting. (Long Delay Pick Up = 115% of I r ). Range is 110% - 120%. 6. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the breaker opening, and the interruption of the current. 7. The Short Delay Pick Uphas 8 settings/positions, 2-8 & For high fault current levels an additional fixed instantaneous hardware override isprovided (corresponding to SDPU position 9) at 14x(l n) and designated as 14l i. Instantaneous tolerance is 20%. 9. For LD Response & SD with Flat Response (this curve): TC E 10. For LD Response & SD with l 2 T Response curve, see: TC E 11. For Ground Fault Delay Response curve, see: TC E 300ms (P,Q,R) 120ms (M,N,O) Inst. (J,K,L) Adjustable Flat Trip Style Ir In 250A 400A 600A 630A 160A 200A 225A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 450A 500A 600A Instantaneous Override (See Note 8) Application Determines End ofcurve Current in Multiples of (l r ) Current in Multiples of (l n ) A B C D E F G H 100A 125A 150A 160A 175A 200A 225A 250A 14 I i 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 500A 600A 630A TIME IN SECONDS 1250 A, N-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A 800 A, M-Frame 241

242 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective March 2006 Long-Delay Response & Short-Delay with I 2 T Response Curve, Bulletin 140U/UE-L TIME IN SECONDS HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Minimum Total Clearing Time Current in Multiples of (lr) I 2 T Short Delay (See Note 8) 2 3 Maximum Total Clearing Time 67ms 4 Available Long Delay Time: 2,4,7,10,12,15,20,24 sec. 6x I r 2,4,7,15,24 seconds +0/-30% See Note 9 Available Short Delay Pick Up Settings 2-8 & 10 x I r 5% (See Notes 7 and 10) Long Delay (LD) Response & Short Delay (SD) with l 2 T Response Curve Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Notes: Bulletin 140U/UE L-Frame 3- and 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers Long Delay (LD) & Short Delay (SD) with l 2 T Response Available Sensors(l n ): 250A 400A 600A 630A 1. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +85 C cause an over temperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, refer to Rockwell Automation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz. 3. There is a memory effect that can act toshorten the Long Delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset memory. 4. The right portion of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. 5. The left portion of the curve is shown as a multiple of the Long Delay Setting (Long Delay Pick Up = 115% of l r ). Range is 110% - 120%. 6. Total clearing times shown include the response times of the trip unit, the breaker opening, and the interruption of the current. 7. The Short Delay Pick Up has eight settings/positions: 2-8 & Short Delay l 2 T band has a tolerance of ±15%. 9. Break point back to FLAT response 8x l r for upper line of the l 2 T curve. 10. For high fault current levels an additional fixed instantaneous hardware override is provided (corresponding to SDPU position 9) at 14x (l n) and designated as 14l i Instantaneous. tolerance is ±20% 11. For LD Response & SD with Flat Response curve, see: For LD Response & SD with l 2 T Response (this curve): For Ground Fault Delay Response curve, see: Instantaneous Override (See Note 10) Application Determines End ofcurve Current in Multiples of (l r ) Current in Multiples of (l n ) l 2 T TripStyle Ir A B C D E F G H In 250A 400A 600A 630A 100A 125A 150A 160A 175A 200A 225A 250A 160A 200A 225A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 450A 500A 600A 14 I i 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 500A 600A 630A

243 1 MINUTE Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective March 2006 Ground Fault Delay Response Curve, Bulletin 140U/UE-L Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Ground Current) Bulletin 140U/UE L-Frame 3- and 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers Appendix A Ground Fault Delay Response Notes: 1. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. Temperatures above +85 C cause an over-temperature protection trip. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, refer to Rockwell Automation. 2. Application frequency is 50/60 Hertz Trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit style # 70C1056G For LD Response & SD with Flat Response curve, see: For LD Response & SD with l2t Response curve, see: For Ground Fault Delay Response (this curve): A, J-Frame TIME IN SECONDS Ground Fault Pickup Settings (Tolerance 10%).4X.2X.6X 1X.3X.8X Available Sensors (l n): 250A 400A 600A 630A NOTE: Refer to table below for variations. Ir A B C D E F G H In 250A 400A 600A 630A 100A 125A 150A 160A 175A 200A 225A 250A 160A 200A 225A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 450A 500A 600A 250A 300A 315A 350A 400A 500A 600A 630A 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame ms (L,O,R) 120ms (K,N,Q) Inst. (J,M,P) 1250 A, N-Frame Ground Current in Multiple of (l n ) 800 A, M-Frame 243

244 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1) Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 1, C10 Notes: 2 C15 LEGEND 1.15 I e C20 Class 30 Class 20 Class 15 Class 10 C30 1. Cold trip testing - A ten minute cooling down period is required before the application of the target current. 2. To perform a hot trip, the circuit breaker has to run at least five 1.05 per unit before target current is applied. Hot trip is 50% of cold trip. (Example: Class 6X is ten seconds. Hot trip would be five seconds.) 3. The manufacturer suggests that currents not exceed 6X for Class 30 operation. 4. For high fault current levels, an additional, fixed override is provided. It is designated as 12 I n. The Instantaneous tolerance is ±20%. 5. Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous amperede rating for ambient above 40 C, Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. 6. Application frequency is60hertz x is Maximum Capacity for Class 30 (See Note 3) 5 12 I e CURRENT INMULTIPLES OF I e L-Frame Motor Protector Time Current Curve Cold Trip Variation Available Sensors (I n ): 250 A, 400 A, 600 A, 630 A I e A B C D E F G H 12 I n 20 I n 250 A 400 A 600 A 630 A 100 A 125 A 150 A 160 A 175 A 200 A 225 A 250 A A 200 A 225 A 250 A 300 A 315 A 350 A 400 A Application Determines End of Curve A 300 A 315 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 500 A 600 A 50 CURRENT INMULTIPLES OFI n A 300 A 315 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 630 A MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 244

245 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (4), Effective April 2008 Bulletin 140U H, J, L-Frames Peak Let-Through for 100 ka Current Limiting Frame 600V Appendix A 100kA 50kA 140U-L0* 250 A, J-Frame 140U-K0* 140U-J0* Peak Let-Through Current, ka 10kA 5kA 140U-H0* 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1kA avail.ipfor1st symm. 1/2 cycle 1250 A, N-Frame 1kA 10kA 5kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms *All values are typical 50kA 100kA 800 A, M-Frame 245

246 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (4), Effective April 2008 Bulletin140UH,J,L-FramesPeakI²tfor100kACurrentLimitingFrame PeakLet-Throughl 2 t,a 2 sec 600V 10,000,000 5,000,000 1,000, , ,000 10kA 5kA 1kA Available Short Circuit Current, ka rms *All values are typical 140U-L0* 1400-K0* 140U-J0* 140U-H0* 100kA 50kA 246

247 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1) TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE 10, Tolerance Band Adjustable Trip Settings A -1 A I D I C H A F B E G Trip Current [A] Motor Circuit Protector Time/Current Curves L-Frame, 3-Pole Maximum Voltage Maximum Current 600V, AC (50/60 Hz) 600 A 250 V, DC Cat. No. Instantaneous Pick-Up Setting [A] 3-Pole A B C D E F G H I 140M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D M-L8P-D NOTE: Motor circuit protectors are only for use in combination motor controllers. For DC applicatins, pick-up settings are approximately 40% higher. Typical Trip Unit Nameplate See table above for trip setting values. G H I F I me Push to Trip D C B A 10, TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE 1200 A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A Max. Interrupting Time A, N-Frame For Interrupting Ratings. See NOTE above A I Trip Current [A] A, M-Frame 247

248 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective February 1999 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-M5, -M6 Thermal-Magnetic ( A) Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE ,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n ) X Maximum Single Pole Trip Times at 25 C 1 Maximum 20% 10% X Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Adjustable Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves For application and coordination purposes only. Thermal calibration based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (75 C) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles. Instantaneous calibration based on single-pole tests. Maximum Voltage 600 V AC (50/60 Hz.) 250 V DC Breaker Rating Rated Amperes (I n ) 300, 350, 400, 500, 600 Interrupting Rating Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 ➀ UL/CSA RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz. Utilization Category A U IMP = 8 kv Instantaneous Trip Amperes (See Figure Below) 240V (U e ) 380/415V (U e) 690V (U e) I cu to 1000% of trip unit rating (DC values are approximately 40% higher) I cs Note: For additional information on the trip unit, see IL 29C607. Single pole data at 25 C based on NEMA Procedures (AB ) for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers. Maximum Interrupting Time Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve I cu CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n ) Individual Pole Adjustments 5 Magnetic Multiples Of I n 240V IEC RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz V Amps (In) I cs I cu V I cs Push to Trip 40 C Cat. No. ka, DC 250V ka, DC 250V (U e) I cu I cs ,000 3,000 2,000 1,

249 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective February 1999 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-M5, -M6 Thermal-Magnetic (700 & 800 A) Molded Case Circuit Breakers 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n ) Maximum Single Pole Trip Times at 25 C 1 Maximum Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves For application and coordination purposes only. Thermal calibration based on 40 C ambient, cold start. Connected with four (4) feet of rated wire (75 C) per terminal. Tested in open air with current in all poles. Instantaneous calibration based on single-pole tests. Maximum Voltage 600 V AC (50/60 Hz.) 250 V DC Breaker Rating Instantaneous Trip Amperes Rated Amperes (I n ) (See Figure Below) 700, to 800% of Trip Unit rating (DC values are approximately 40% higher) Interrupting Rating Breaker UL/CSA Type RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz. ka, DC 8 140U-M5 140U-M6 Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 ➀ Single pole data at 25 C based on NEMA Procedures (AB ) for verifying performance of molded case circuit breakers. 6 Magnetic Multiples Of I n Utilization Category A U IMP = 8 kv Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit Amps (In) Push to Trip Cat. No. 250V 240V (U e ) 380/415V (U e ) 690V (U e ) 250V (U e ) I cu V IEC RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz. I cs I cu V I cs I cu V C I cs ka, DC I cu I cs ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame TIME IN SECONDS X 8X20% 10% Adjustable Magnetic Trip Individual Pole Adjustments.5.3 TIME IN SECONDS 1200 A, N-Frame Maximum Interrupting Time A, N-Frame.005 Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve CURRENT IN PERCENT OF BREAKER TRIP UNIT RATING (I n) A, M-Frame 249

250 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective February 1999 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-M Electronic LS, LSG Trip Units and 140U-M5, -M6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MMINUTE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) SECONDS Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) ➃ Technical Data Covers, Cat. Nos. 140U-MTL3, -MTG3 Electronic Trip Unit for use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-M5, -M6, 800 A max. Fixed Short Delay Time Cat. In Rating Plug Engaged Remove Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (In) Number Amperes 800 Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Fixed 140U-MRP3-D Interrupting Rating Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M Push to Trip 2000 Short Delay Pickup x I n Type Utilization Category A U imp = 8kV 3000 UL/CSA RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz 240V 480V 600V IEC RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz Rating Plug Catalog Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ CURRENT IN AMPS Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Short Delay Pickup Range 240V (U e ) 380/415V (U e ) 690V (U e ) I cu I cs I cu I cs I cu I cs Test Trip Unit 40 o C Ambient Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA AB publications. Calibration response in short delay pick-up range is same for 1, 2 or 3 poles in series. There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pick-up value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➀ Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 5500A. (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. ➃ For ground fault time/current curves see Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂

251 I Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective February 1999 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-M Electronic LSI, LSIG Trip Units and 140U-M5, -M6 Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pickup Settings (Tolerance 10%) 300 ms 200 ms Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) ➃ Technical Data Covers, Cat. nos. 140U-MTH3, -MTI3 Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-M5, -M6, 800 A max. Adjustable Short Delay Time Cat. In Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n ) Engaged Remove Interrupting Rating Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 Breaker Type 140U-M5 140U-M6 Rating Plug Push to Trip Short Delay Time Pickup x I n M Isec Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Utilization Category A U imp = 8kV UL/CSA RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz 240V (Ue) I cu I cs Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Rating Plug Catalog Number 140U-MRP3-D80 140U-MRP3-D70 140U-MRP3-D60 140U-MRP3-D50 140U-MRP3-D45 140U-MRP3-D40 Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes V 480V 600V IEC RMS Sym. ka, 50/60 Hz 380/415V (Ue) I cu I cs Trip Unit 40 o C Ambient Notes Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA AB publications. Calibration response in short delay pickup range is same for 1, 2 or 3 poles in series. 690V (Ue) There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➀ Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 5500A. (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. ➃ For ground fault time/current curves see Test I cu I cs A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A ms I SECONDS Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 1250 A, N-Frame CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) CURRENT IN AMPS A, M-Frame 251

252 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective February 1999 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-M Electronic Trip Units with Ground Fault Protection MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS TIME IN SECONDS Ground Fault Protection 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, GROUND CURRENT-AMPERES xi G xi G xi G xi G Ground Fault Pickup Settings (Tolerance ± 10% Except ± 20% on 1xI G Setting) GROUND CURRENT-IN MULTIPLES OF l g = 160A 5 xi G 500 ms 300 ms 150 ms I Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Ground Current) ➀ Technical Data Covers, Electronic Trip Units for use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-M5, -M6, 800 A max. Fixed Short Delay Time Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Cat. In Adjustable Short Delay Time Cat. In Rating Plug Engaged Remove Rating Plug Engaged Remove Push to Trip Push to Trip Short Delay Pickup x I n I ➀ For phase time/current curves see: Short Delay Pickup x I n Time M Isec 300 Ground Fault Time Pickup x I g M Isec I I g = 160A Ground Fault Time Pickup x I g M Isec I I g = 160A Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Test Trip Unit 40 o C Ambient Trip Unit 40 o C Ambient Notes Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible continuous ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation. Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication (AB4-1991). Test

253 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-N Electronic LS Trip Units TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (l n ) ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ± 10%).1 Circuit Breaker l 2 t Ramp Short Time Delay Frame Rating Amperes (Max.) 1200 A vailable Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n ) , 800, 1000, 1200 Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type ND, CND HND, CHND NDC, CNDC UL/CSA Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Electronic Trip Units are AC only devices that employ microprocessor based technology that provides true RMS current sensing means for proper correlation based technology that provides true RMS current sensing means for proper correlation with thermal characteristics of conductors and equipment. They are used with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-N5, -N6, and -N0. ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ Push to Trip Engaged Rating Plug Y Cat. /n Remov e Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Adj. Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Short Delay Pickup x I n TEST V 480V 600V Notes Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation Catalog Number 140U-NRP3-E12 140U-NRP3-E10 140U-NRP3-D80 140U-NRP3-D70 140U-NRP3-D60 140U-NRPA-E12 IEC Trip Unit 40 C Ambient Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes V V ICS =.25 I CU ICW = 15 U imp = 8kV Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB For ground fault time-current curves see There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overloads will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at14000a (Tolerance ±15%). The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. Not UL/CSA Listed A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A SECONDS Fixed Instantaneous Overide ➁ Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 1250 A, N-Frame CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (l n ) CURRENT IN AMPS A, M-Frame 253

254 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-N LSI Electronic Trip Unit TIME IN SECONDS 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (l n) ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Long Delay ➀ Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Long Delay ➀ Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) 300 MS 200 MS 100MS CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (l n) I SECONDS Circuit Breaker Adjustable Short Frame Rating Amperes (Max.) 1200 ICS =.25 I CU ICW = 15 U imp = 8kV Notes Curve accuracy applies from -20 C to +55 C ambient. For possible ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult Rockwell Automation Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB For ground fault time-current curves see ➀ There is a memory effect that can act to shorten the long delay. The memory effect comes into play if a current above the long delay pickup value exists for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of a downstream device or the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overloads will cause the circuit breaker to trip in shorter time than normal. The amount of time delay reduction is inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed since the previous overload. Approximately five minutes is required between overloads to completely reset the memory. ➁ For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at14000a (Tolerance ±15%). ➂ The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. ➃ Not UL/CSA Listed Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (In) Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type 140U-N5 140U-N6 140U-N0 Push to Trip Engaged UL/CSA Rating Plug Y Cat. /n Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) Electronic Trip Units are AC only devices that employ microprocessor-based technology that provides true RMS current sensing means for proper correlation with thermal characteristics of conductors and equipment. For use with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-N5, -N6, and -N Time Delay Remove Fixed Instantaneous Overide ➁ Type 240V 480V 600V Short Delay Pickup x I n TEST Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Catalog Number 140U-NRP3-E12 140U-NRP3-E10 140U-NRP3-D90 140U-NRP3-D80 140U-NRP3-D70 IEC Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ Trip Unit 40 C Ambient Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes Fixed 140U-NRP3-D , 800, 1000, 1200 Adj. 140U-NRPA-E CURRENT IN AMPS V V

255 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective October 1997 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140U-N Electronic LSG, LSIG Trip Units with Ground Fault Protection 2 HOURS 1 HOUR 10,000 5,000 3, CURRENT IN AMPERES Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Ground Current) Electronic Trip Units are AC only devices that employ microprocessor-based technology that provides true RMS current sensing means for proper correlation with thermal characteristics of conductors and equipment. They are used with Circuit Breaker Types 140U-N5, -N6, and N0. Appendix A 2,000 Typical Trip Unit Nameplate 1, Notes Push to Trip Engaged Rating Plug Cat. /n Y Remov e Short Delay Pickup x I n Ground Fault Pickup x I G IG=200A Time 500 Millisec Trip Unit 40 C Ambient Curve accuracy applies from 20 C to + 55 C ambient. Electronic trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB For phase time-current curves see , and TEST 250 A, J-Frame MINUTE A. 600 A A, L-Frame TIME IN SECONDS A. 200 A. 400 A. 800 A Ground Fault Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10% Except ±20% on 200 A. Setting).5 SEC.3 SEC 1200 A, N-Frame.2.15 SEC I 1250 A, N-Frame CURRENT IN AMPERES A, M-Frame 255

256 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Drawing No (1), Effective May 1994 Time-Current Curves for Bulletin 140M-N Motor Circuit Protectors HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS 10, A A 2 A 2 B 3 C D E F G G G Trip Current [A] Push to Trip Engaged Open Adjustable Trip Settings A G Tolerance Band Motor Circuit Protector Time/Current Curves Bulletin 140M N-Frame, 3-Pole Maximum Voltage: 600V, AC (50/60 Hz) Maximum Current: 800 A Cat. No. Instantaneous Pick-Up Settings [A] 3-Pole A B C D E F G 140M-N9P-D NOTE: Use motor circuit protectors in combination controllers only. Typical Trip Unit Nameplate Instantaneous Trip C D E B F A G See Amps Above 300 Adjusts all poles. Fixed Instantaneous Override at 14,000 A ± 15% For Interrupt Ratings (see NOTE above) Scale x 1000 = Current in Amperes [A] DIGITRIP RMS 310 TRIP UNIT TEST , HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS

257 Protection Cell No. Digitrip RMS 310 NP6635C68H07 Made in U.S.A. Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug For Use in R Circuit Breaker Only Engaged Cat._ Remove NP6645C79H01 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective July 2009 Typical Instantaneous Time-Phase Current Characteristics Based on In for Bulletin 140U R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers TIME IN SECONDS CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n ) 1 MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X 7X 8X ➀ ➀ Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current)➃ R-Frame Circuit Breakers Equipped With Type RMS Trip Units For use with Bulletin 140U R-Frame Frame Rating Amperes (Max.) U-R6 140u-R0 Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (In) Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ ➄ UL/CSA 240V V Type 600V Catalog Number For 2500 A styles, maximum short delay pickup setting = 6X. Westinghouse Digital IEC V Short Delay Pickup In V For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 17,500 A (Tolerance ±15%). The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation. For ground fault time-current curves, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Not UL/CSA Listed. Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Utilization Category A Ics = 0.25 Icu Uimp = 8 kv Typical Trip Unit Nameplate 140U-R16RP3-E16 140U-R16RP3-E14 140U-R16RP3-E125➄ 140U-R16RP3-E12 140U-R16RP3-E10 140U-R16RP3-E20 140U-R20RP3-E20 140U-R20RP3-E16 140U-R20RP3-E14 140U-R20RP3-E125➄ 140U-R20RP3-E12 140U-R20RP3-E10 140U-R25RP3-E25 140U-R20RP3-E20 140U-R20RP3-E16 140U-R20RP3-E125➄ 140U-R20RP3-E12 In _ Short Delay Pickup Range Amperes (Icu) 500V Notes Curve accuracy applies from 20 C +55 C ambient. For possible ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. Digitrip RMS 310 trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit Cat. No. STK2. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB A, N-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 250 A, J-Frame Appendix A SECONDS Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 1250 A, N-Frame (1) SC Effective July CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (In) 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50, ,000 CURRENT IN AMPS 800 A, M-Frame 257

258 Protection Cell No. Digitrip RMS 310 NP6635C68H07 Made in U.S.A. Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug For Use in R Circuit Breaker Only Engaged Remove Sec NP6645C79H02 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective July 2009 Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame 1200 A, N-Frame 1250 A, N-Frame 800 A, M-Frame Typical Long Delay/Short Delay Time-Phase Current Characteristics Based on In for Bulletin 140U R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers (1) SC Effective July HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE TIME IN SECONDS CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) ,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, Minimum Total Clearing Time Standard Fixed Rating Plug 2X Maximum Total Clearing Time 3X 4X 5X 6X ➀ 8X Short Delay Pick Up Settings (Tolerance ±10%) ms 200 ms 100 ms CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF RATING PLUG AMPERES (I n) ➀ 7X I SECONDS Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) ➃ R-Frame Circuit Breakers Equipped With RMS Trip Units Typical Trip Unit Nameplate For use with Bulletin 140U R-Frame Frame Rating Amperes (Max.) Available Rating Plugs Ampere Rating (I n) Interrupting Ratings 50/60 Hz RMS Sym. Amperes (ka) Breaker Type 140U-R6 140U-R0 ➀ ➁ ➂ 10,000 UL/CSA 240V , V ,000 40, V Type Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Catalog Number IEC V For 2500 A styles, maximum short delay pickup setting = 6X. Fixed Instantaneous Override ➁ 50,000 Interrupting Rating Determines End of Curve ➂ 100,000 CURRENT IN AMPS Westinghouse Digital Short Delay Pickup I n 140U-R16RP3-E16 140U-R16RP3-E14 140U-R16RP3-E125 ➄ 140U-R16RP3-E12 140U-R16RP3-E10 140U-R16RP3-E80 140U-R20RP3-E20 140U-R20RP3-E16 140U-R20RP3-E14 140U-R20RP3-E125 ➄ 140U-R20RP3-E12 140U-R20RP3-E10 140U-R25RP3-E25 140U-R25RP3-E20 140U-R25RP3-E16 140U-R25RP3-E125 ➄ 140U-R25RP3-E12 200, V For high fault current levels a fixed instantaneous override is provided at 17,500 A (Tolerance ± 15%). The end of the curve is determined by the interrupting rating of the circuit breaker. See above tabulation Short Delay Time Cat. _ I n _ S hort Delay Pickup Range Amperes Utilization Category A I cs = 0.25 I cu U imp = 8 kv Notes Curve accuracy applies from 20 C +55 C ambient. For possible ampere derating for ambient above 40 C, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. ➃ For ground fault time-current curves, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor. ➄ Not UL/CSA Listed. (I cu) 500V

259 Bulletin 140U, 140UE, 140M Time Current Curves Drawing No (1), Effective July 2009 Typical Ground Fault Protection Time-Current Characteristics Based on In for Bulletin 140U R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers with RMS Trip Units 1 MINUTE 1 HOUR 2 HOURS 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, A 1000 A CURRENT IN AMPERES Circuit Breaker Time/Current Curves (Phase Current) ➀ R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers Equipped with RMS 310 Trip Units for Ground Fault Protection For use with 1600 A Max. 140U R-Frame Westinghouse Digital Protection Cell No. Digitrip RMS 310 Gnd. Fault Pickup Gnd. * Gnd. Fault Time Sec Short Delay Pickup In 2000 A Max A Max. NP6635C68H07 Made in U.S.A. Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug For Use in R Circuit Breaker Only Engaged Cat._ In _ Remove *Gnd. Fault Pickup SETTING CURRENT A 200A B C D E F H K 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1200A 1200A 1200A NP6645C79H05 Westinghouse Digital Protection Cell No. Digitrip RMS 310 Gnd. Fault Pickup Notes Curve accuracy applies from 20 C +55 C ambient. Gnd. * Gnd. Fault Time Sec Short Delay Pickup In NP6635C68H07 Made in U.S.A. Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug For Use in R Circuit Breaker Only Engaged Remove Short Delay Time Sec Cat._ In _ *Gnd. Fault Pickup SETTING CURRENT A 200A NP6645C79H06 RMS trip units are suitable for functional field testing with test kit. For field testing using primary injection methods, follow NEMA publication AB B C D E F H K 400A 600A 800A 1000A 1200A 1200A 1200A 10,000 5,000 3,000 2,000 1, HOURS 1 HOUR 1 MINUTE Appendix A 250 A, J-Frame 600 A, L-Frame TIME IN SECONDS A 400 A 800 A 1200 A Ground Fault Pickup Settings (Tolerance ± 10% Except, ± 20% on 200 A setting) 0.5 S 0.3 S TIME IN SECONDS 1200 A, N-Frame S I A, N-Frame (1) SC Effective July CURRENT IN AMPERES A, M-Frame 259

260 Rockwell Automation offers a breadth of quality Allen-Bradley components to fit your specific needs. In order to assist you with your component selection, we offer a variety of configuration and selection tools. Local Distributor Call to contact your local Distributor today. On-Line Product Directory Our extensive product portfolio is designed to improve your processes through every stage of your manufacturing cycle. Product Selection Toolbox applying our products. guration tools assist you in choosing and Catalogs nd an extensive selection of essential Allen-Bradley component products. Allen-Bradley, LISTEN. THINK. SOLVE., Rockwell Automation and Rockwell Software are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc. Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies. June 2012 Copyright 2012 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA.